SQL SVR KM

234
www.bmc.com PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started Supporting PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server version 4.3 Oct 2007

description

SQL SVR KM

Transcript of SQL SVR KM

Page 1: SQL SVR KM

www.bmc.com

PATROL for Microsoft SQL ServerGetting Started

Supporting

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server version 4.3Oct 2007

Page 2: SQL SVR KM

Contacting BMC Software

You can access the BMC Software website at http://www.bmc.com. From this website, you can obtain information about the company, its products, corporate offices, special events, and career opportunities.

United States and Canada

Address BMC SOFTWARE INC2101 CITYWEST BLVDHOUSTON TX 77042-2827 USA

Telephone 713 918 8800 or800 841 2031

Fax 713 918 8000

Outside United States and Canada

Telephone (01) 713 918 8800 Fax (01) 713 918 8000

© Copyright 2007 BMC Software, Inc.

BMC, BMC Software, and the BMC Software logo are the exclusive properties of BMC Software, Inc., are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and may be registered or pending registration in other countries. All other BMC trademarks, service marks, and logos may be registered or pending registration in the U.S. or in other countries. All other trademarks or registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

DB2 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

All other trademarks belong to their respective companies.

BMC Software considers information included in this documentation to be proprietary and confidential. Your use of this information is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable End User License Agreement for the product and the proprietary and restricted rights notices included in this documentation.

Restricted rights legend

U.S. Government Restricted Rights to Computer Software. UNPUBLISHED -- RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIGHT LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES. Use, duplication, or disclosure of any data and computer software by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions, as applicable, set forth in FAR Section 52.227-14, DFARS 252.227-7013, DFARS 252.227-7014, DFARS 252.227-7015, and DFARS 252.227-7025, as amended from time to time. Contractor/Manufacturer is BMC SOFTWARE INC, 2101 CITYWEST BLVD, HOUSTON TX 77042-2827, USA. Any contract notices should be sent to this address.

Page 3: SQL SVR KM

3

Customer support

You can obtain technical support by using the BMC Software Customer Support website or by contacting Customer Support by telephone or e-mail. To expedite your inquiry, see “Before contacting BMC.”

Support website

You can obtain technical support from BMC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at http://www.bmc.com/support_home. From this website, you can

■ read overviews about support services and programs that BMC offers■ find the most current information about BMC products■ search a database for issues similar to yours and possible solutions■ order or download product documentation■ download products and maintenance■ report an issue or ask a question■ subscribe to receive proactive e-mail alerts when new product notices are released■ find worldwide BMC support center locations and contact information, including e-mail addresses, fax numbers, and

telephone numbers

Support by telephone or e-mail

In the United States and Canada, if you need technical support and do not have access to the web, call 800 537 1813 or send an e-mail message to [email protected]. (In the subject line, enter SupID:<yourSupportContractID>, such as SupID:12345). Outside the United States and Canada, contact your local support center for assistance.

Before contacting BMC

Have the following information available so that Customer Support can begin working on your issue immediately:

■ product information

— product name— product version (release number)— license number and password (trial or permanent)

■ operating system and environment information

— machine type— operating system type, version, and service pack or other maintenance level such as PUT or PTF— system hardware configuration— serial numbers— related software (database, application, and communication) including type, version, and service pack or

maintenance level

■ sequence of events leading to the issue

■ commands and options that you used

■ messages received (and the time and date that you received them)

— product error messages— messages from the operating system, such as file system full— messages from related software

Page 4: SQL SVR KM

4 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 5: SQL SVR KM

ContentsChapter 1 Product components and capabilities 15

Overview and intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Discovers SQL Servers automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Provides global channel access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Supports and monitors clustered environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Monitors cache-hit ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Monitors page reads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors free buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors space used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors blocking locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors row-level locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors user connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors log space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Product components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Applications and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Icon hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28InfoBoxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 33

Verifying installation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Preparing for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Installation prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Checking for product patches or fixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Determining how you should monitor a cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Determining whether to install locally or remotely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Determining the version of the installation utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Determining the PATROL security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Determining how to upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Determining the roles that each computer performs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Determining where to install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Planning for the installation of a language pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Contents 5

Page 6: SQL SVR KM

Installing a language pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Upgrading and saving customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Preparing to upgrade and migrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Migrating customizations with the PATROL Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . 51Migrating customizations manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Creating an installation package of the migrated and merged KM . . . . . . . . . . . . 53First-time installation using the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Importing a CD or customized installation package into Distribution Server . . . 55Installing with the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Installing the online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Installing the UNIX version of the Help browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Setting environment variables for the browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Additional considerations for using online Help for UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Uninstalling PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 63

Setting up and configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Configuring a SQL Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Accelerating discovery and reviewing error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Reviewing the default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80SQL Server Agent monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Error log monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Database monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Object monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82File and file group monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Replication monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82User and process monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Parameter defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Determining how you should configure a cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Monitoring a cluster by using a virtual PATROL Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Installing and configuring a cluster with a virtual PATROL Agent . . . . . . . . . . . 87Monitoring a cluster by using a PATROL Agent on each node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Installing and configuring a node-level cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events. . 90

Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 95

Overview of PATROL Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Saving backups in PATROL Configuration Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Configuring for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Do not deactivate application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

6 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 7: SQL SVR KM

Do not modify configuration variables that are for internal use only. . . . . . . . . . 99Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances . . . . . . . . 100Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Deactivating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Changing parameter polling cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Changing parameter thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Modifying parameter properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Verifying changes to configuration variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 115

Monitoring SQL Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Excluding SQL Servers from monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Starting and stopping the monitoring of a SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Starting and stopping a SQL Server from PATROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Reviewing the status of a SQL Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Viewing reports about a SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Changing the PATROL login account for a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Changing a server instance name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Enabling SQL Server instance discovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Monitoring SQL Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Enabling the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Starting and stopping the SQL Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Using the SQL Server Agent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Monitoring the SQL Server Agent job failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Filtering SQL Server Agent job failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Setting up SQL Server Agent jobs for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Monitoring error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Enabling the monitoring of error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Setting up error log monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Viewing reports about the error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Reviewing the status of an error log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127About the error log parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Monitoring databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Starting and stopping the monitoring of databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Checking the consistency of a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Adding the PATROL user to a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Reviewing the status of a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Viewing reports about databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Monitoring files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Enabling the monitoring of files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Reviewing the status of files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Viewing reports about files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Monitoring objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Setting up the monitoring of objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Reviewing the status of an object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Viewing reports about objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Contents 7

Page 8: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Enabling the monitoring of replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Reviewing the status of Subscribers or Published Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Viewing reports about Subscribers and Published Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Using SQL commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Monitoring users and processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Monitoring specific users and processes manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Using parameters to monitor specific users and processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Reviewing the status of a user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Viewing reports about users and processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Killing a process from PATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Creating customized reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Accessing the predefined reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Adding customized reports to the predefined list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Working with parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Viewing parameter data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Activating and deactivating parameters and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Refreshing parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Creating customized parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Creating and managing parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Accessing the predefined parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Using automatic recovery actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reviewing the ARA settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Viewing the parameter recovery process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Using the ARA Settings menu commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Parameters affected in general user monitoring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Parameters partially affected in a recovery action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Viewing SQL information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Viewing SQL commands with SQL Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Managing the global channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Accessing the Global Channel menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Monitoring the Global Channel lock requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Appendix A Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help 161

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 165

Column headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Abbreviations defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Parameter table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

8 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 9: SQL SVR KM

Appendix C Consumer-collector parameter dependencies 197

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 203

Index 221

Contents 9

Page 10: SQL SVR KM

10 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 11: SQL SVR KM

FiguresWindow showing PATROL icons for an instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server icon hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Collector application, parameters, and a graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Server application menu in Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29InfoBox for a Server application instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Computer, SQL Server, and application icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Database application instance icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Configure => Get command in PATROL Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Parameter recovery process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Figures 11

Page 12: SQL SVR KM

12 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 13: SQL SVR KM

TablesPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21System requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Supported configurations for a clustered environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Choosing an installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42SQL Server Config Setup authentication mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Supported configurations for a clustered environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Variables that are for internal use only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99ARA options, their values, and the value of the araAction variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters with fixed thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . 110Parameters that monitor the SQL Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Parameters that monitor the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs . . . . . . 128Database consistency menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Parameters affected in the general monitoring user mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Parameters partially affected in a recovery action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Tasks for displaying SQL for processes and users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Consumer-collector parameter dependencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Agent configuration variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Obsolete variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Tables 13

Page 14: SQL SVR KM

14 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 15: SQL SVR KM

C h a p t e r 1

1 Product components and capabilities

This chapter presents the following topics:

Overview and intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Discovers SQL Servers automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Provides global channel access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Monitors cache-hit ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Monitors page reads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors free buffers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors blocking locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors user connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors log space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors space used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Monitors row-level locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Monitors files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Product components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Product components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Applications and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Icon hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28InfoBoxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 15

Page 16: SQL SVR KM

Overview and intended audience

Overview and intended audienceThe PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server product operates with a PATROL Agent and one or more of the PATROL consoles to monitor Microsoft SQL Server products. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server contains knowledge in the form of applications, commands, parameters, and recovery actions. PATROL uses this knowledge to monitor, analyze, and manage Microsoft SQL Servers.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server was created for use by Microsoft SQL Server database administrators, system administrators, and PATROL administrators in the daily administration and management of the Microsft SQL Server products. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started were created for users who have an understanding of the underlying Microsoft SQL Server products. If you have any questions regarding the operation or management of Microsoft SQL Server, refer to the Microsoft SQL Server manuals and website.

FeaturesPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovers SQL Servers automatically, provides global channel access to SQL Servers, and provides commands that allow you to perform SQL Server administrative functions directly from the PATROL consoles. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server also helps you to monitor and manage the following key features:

■ global channel access■ clustered environments■ cache-hit ratio■ page-reads■ free buffers■ space used■ blocking locks■ row-level locking■ user connections■ log space■ files and file groups■ error logs

16 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 17: SQL SVR KM

Discovers SQL Servers automatically

Discovers SQL Servers automatically

The MSSQL_Server (Server) application automatically discovers the SQL Servers in your environment. This application detects the presence of the SQL Servers and creates an icon for each.

Provides global channel access

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server establishes a global channel to each SQL Server that it discovers in your environment. Through this global channel, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server gathers the information that PATROL uses to monitor those SQL Servers.

To help maintain the global channel, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides the following features:

■ locks that synchronize access to the global channel■ automatic close and reopen feature to recover from global channel problems■ status of the global channel■ method for resetting the global channel

Supports and monitors clustered environments

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors SQL Servers (see the release notes for specific versions) in a clustered environment. See “Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment” on page 85 or the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help for more information.

Monitors cache-hit ratio

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors the cache-hit ratio, which provides an important benchmark about data throughput and overall database performance.

The cache-hit ratio expresses the relationship between the number of requests for data that are read from cache and the total number of requests for data. A drop in this ratio indicates an increase in the number of requests that the SQL Server must read from the physical disk (I/O) because the pages containing the requested data are not

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 17

Page 18: SQL SVR KM

Monitors page reads

stored in cache memory. When this ratio drops below a predetermined low, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server triggers alarms and warnings. Once notified, administrators can improve database performance by adjusting the available cache or the amount of physical RAM used by SQL Server to optimize availability and throughput.

Monitors page reads

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server tracks how long it takes a SQL Server to read a page of data from the physical disk into cache memory or from memory to the physical disk. With this information, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server can identify the areas where excessive I/O waits are taking place.

Monitors free buffers

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors the percentage of free buffers (or database pages) available in memory (see the NumberofFreeBuffers parameter). If this number is too low, excessive waits, disk read, and disk write times result. If SQL Server’s memory size is greater than physical RAM, paging can occur, which degrades database performance. Administrators can use this information to maintain an optimum number of free buffers for peak database performance, and to keep page faults to a minimum. When demand exceeds availability during normal or subnormal periods of activity, this parameter can also indicate a need for additional resource tuning or an increase in capacity to maintain user productivity.

Monitors space used

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors the percentage of database space used (SpaceUsedPCT) and the megabytes of database space used (SpaceUsedMB). Administrators can use these values to gauge and maintain database space.

Monitors blocking locks

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors the total number of blocking locks. A high number of blocking locks could indicate an increase in the number of processes currently waiting for a specific page or table that is exclusively locked by another process. Using this information, administrators can more accurately develop capacity plans to determine whether additional resources should be allocated to increase database availability and user productivity.

18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 19: SQL SVR KM

Monitors row-level locking

Monitors row-level locking

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server monitors row-level locking. The following parameters provide information on row-level locking:

■ RIDLockAvgWaitTime provides the average amount of wait time (in milliseconds) that was caused by row ID lock requests.

■ RIDLockRequestsPerSec provides the number of new row ID locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second.

■ RIDLockRequestWaitPercent provides the percentage of row ID lock requests that required a caller to wait.

Monitors user connections

By tracking the number of user connections to SQL Server, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides an important indicator of ongoing demand versus capacity. When the SQL Server is running low on available user connections, the UserConnections parameter goes into an alarm state. Because each connection requires memory, an increase in the number of user connections can coincide with a decrease in performance, which indicates the need to restrict user connections, lower the number of worker threads, or increase memory.

Monitors log space

When the transaction log becomes completely full, SQL Server cannot run because it cannot record modifications to data (update, modify, delete, or add) and, therefore, you cannot dump the transaction log. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server tracks the percentage of log space that is used with the LogSpaceUsedPCT parameter and the megabytes of log space used with the LogSpaceUsedMB parameter. The values provided by these parameters help you manage transaction log space.

Monitors files and file groups

SQL Server stores data and log files in files and file groups. A database can have one or more file groups, and each file group can have one or more files that are associated with it. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server can monitor files and file groups, but this feature is turned off by default. For details about this feature, see “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 19

Page 20: SQL SVR KM

Monitors error logs

Monitors error logs

The MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG (Error Log) application class provides menu commands, parameters, and InfoBox items specifically designed to help you monitor the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs for the error log strings and problems you want to monitor. For details about this feature, see “Monitoring error logs” on page 124.

Product componentsPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides functionality in the form of parameters, menu commands, and InfoBoxes that are organized and presented under application classes. Most application classes are represented by icons. The following sections describe each of these functional components of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and how they are accessed.

Applications and icons

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications fall into the following types:

Table 1 contains a short description of each application class and a graphic of the icon that represents each application class. See “Icon hierarchy” on page 24 for a description of how these icons appear in your interface.

Application type Description

discovery discovers the SQL Servers in your environment and stores the configuration and setup information

administrative stores the SQL Server logins

container contains and organizes the instances and parameters for specific functions

functional uses specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items to provide information about a specific database object

20 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 21: SQL SVR KM

Applications and icons

For more detailed information about the application classes, see the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help.”

Table 1 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications (Part 1 of 4)

Application name and icon Definition

Server The MSSQL_SERVER (Server) discovery application is the main application class for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. This application discovers the SQL Servers in your environment and provides the setup or configuration of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and the SQL Server control functions.

For more about monitoring SQL Servers, see “Monitoring SQL Servers” on page 117.

Administrative

(This application does not display an icon.)

The MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN (Administration) administrative application stores a second user ID and password that PATROL uses to connect to the selected SQL Server.

Login Management

(This application does not display an icon.)

The MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT (Login Management) administrative application handles the security modes when you configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Availability The MSSQL_SERVER_AVAILABILITY (Availability) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the availability of the selected server.

For more information about the Availability application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Cache The MSSQL_SERVER_CACHE (Cache) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the database cache for the selected server.

For more information about the Cache application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Capacity The MSSQL_SERVER_CAPACITY (Capacity) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the capacity of the selected server, such as the number of user connections, the number of locks remaining, and the number of idle processes.

For more information about the Capacity application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Collectors The MSSQL_SERVER_COLLECTORS (Collectors) container application holds the collector and the standard collector parameters that set the values for the majority of the consumer parameters.

For more information about the Collectors application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 21

Page 22: SQL SVR KM

Applications and icons

Database The MSSQL_SERVER_DB (Database) functional application provides specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items pertaining to the database that the Database application icon represents.

Database monitoring is not activated unless you select automatic database monitoring or a database for monitoring. For more about database monitoring, see “Monitoring databases” on page 129.

Disk The MSSQL_SERVER_DISK (Disk) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the disk i/o for the selected server.

For more information about the Disk application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Error Log The MSSQL_SERVER_ERROR_LOG (Error Log) functional application provides specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items that pertain to the error log that the instance represents.

Error log monitoring is partially enabled by default. To enable all of the functionality of error log monitoring, see “Monitoring error logs” on page 124.

File The MSSQL_SERVER_FILE (File) functional application provides specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items pertaining to the file that it represents.

File monitoring is disabled by default. For more information, see “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133.

Filegroup The MSSQL_SERVER_FILEGROUP (Filegroup) functional application provides specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items pertaining to the file group that it represents.

File group monitoring is disabled by default. For more information, see “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133 and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Locks The MSSQL_SERVER_LOCKS (Locks) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the locks for the selected server.

For more information about the Locks application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

MSSQL_SERVER The MSSQL_SERVER_SQLSERVER_SETUP (MSSQL_SERVER) container application holds the SQL Server instances discovered on a monitored host.

Table 1 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications (Part 2 of 4)

Application name and icon Definition

SQLErrorLog

22 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 23: SQL SVR KM

Applications and icons

Network The MSSQL_SERVER_NETWORK (Network) container application holds the parameters that pertain to the network i/o for the selected server.

For more information about the Network application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Objects The MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECTS (Objects) application is a functional application that provides specific parameters and InfoBox items that pertain to the objects (tables and indexes) selected for monitoring.The Objects application icon does not display unless you select objects for monitoring. For more information, see “Monitoring objects” on page 134 and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Performance The MSSQL_SERVER_PERFORMANCE (Performance) application is a container application that holds the parameters that pertain to the performance of the selected server.

For more information about the Performance application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Procedure Cache The MSSQL_SERVER_PROC_CACHE (Procedure Cache) application is a container application that holds the parameters that pertain to procedure cache for the selected server.

For more information about the Procedure Cache application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Published The MSSQL_SERVER_PUBLISHED (Published) application is a functional application that provides specific parameters and InfoBox items that pertain to the articles published for replication.

Replication monitoring is disabled by default. For more information, see “Monitoring replication” on page 135 and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Subscribers The MSSQL_SERVER_SUBSCRIBERS (Subscribers) application is a functional application that provides specific parameters and InfoBox items that pertain to the database servers that subscribe to receive published articles in your SQL Server replication environment.

Replication monitoring is disabled by default. For more information, see “Monitoring replication” on page 135 and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Table 1 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications (Part 3 of 4)

Application name and icon Definition

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 23

Page 24: SQL SVR KM

Icon hierarchy

Icon hierarchy

Figure 1 displays the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Server (Developer mode) window.

Figure 1 Window showing PATROL icons for an instance

User-Defined Counters The MSSQL_SERVER_USER_DEF_CNTRS (User-Defined Counters) application is a container application that holds the ten user-defined counters of the selected server.

For more information about the User-Defined Counters application parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Users The MSSQL_SERVER_USERS (Users) application is a functional application that provides specific parameters, menu commands, and InfoBox items to monitor the SQL Server users or processes.

Users application icons do not display unless you select User Instance as a problem alert method in the Configure Auto User Monitoring dialog box, or you manually select specific users or processes for monitoring. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137 and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

NOTE The SQL Server icon looks the same, but it is displayed by itself or with other applications in the PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition, PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition, and PATROL Console for UNIX.

Table 1 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server applications (Part 4 of 4)

Application name and icon Definition

SQL Server icon

operatingsystemicons

PATROLAgenticon

24 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 25: SQL SVR KM

Icon hierarchy

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides a hierarchy of icons that groups all Server application icons under the MSSQL_SERVER application icon. When you double-click on a Server application icon, a window opens that contains other applications.

Figure 2 displays all of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server application icons to demonstrate the hierarchy of the applications.

Figure 2 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server icon hierarchy

Server application icon

Users application icon

Published application icon

Subscribers application icon

Database application icons

Filegroup application iconFile application icon

Objects application icon

File application icon

Error Log application icon

SQLErrorLog

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 25

Page 26: SQL SVR KM

Parameters

Parameters

A parameter is a command that periodically obtains data on a monitored system resource. Parameter data values are collected, summarized, and stored on the computer where the PATROL Agent resides. The collected parameter information is available for review by a PATROL console.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server organizes parameters into application classes by function or by the objects that they monitor. PATROL uses several types of parameters and stores parameter history data in a file.

See Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults,” Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies,”and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server for more information about the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters. For more general information about parameters and their functions, see the PATROL user guide for your console.

Parameter types

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses the following types of parameters:

■ A collector parameter executes commands at regular intervals (poll times) to gather data that it sends to the consumer parameters. Collector parameters do not display the values that they collect, nor do they generate alarms or recovery actions.

■ A standard parameter collects a single value of data as numeric or text and displays that value. Many of the standard parameters used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server have collector properties; they execute commands and gather the data that consumer parameters display.

■ A consumer parameter displays a value that was collected by a collector parameter (or a standard parameter with collector properties) and can generate alarms or warnings and recovery actions if those values exceed predefined thresholds. Consumer parameters do not issue commands.

The use of standard parameters with collector properties (standard collectors) and consumer parameters enables PATROL to set an almost unlimited number of parameters with one data retrieval query to the server, creating an extremely efficient and flexible data retrieval system.

The Collectors application contains all but two of the standard collectors used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. UserColl is found under the User application and ErrorLog Coll is found under the Error log application. Double-clicking the Collector application icon opens a window that contains all of the standard collector parameters and one standard parameter, CheckConfiguration.

26 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 27: SQL SVR KM

Parameters

These standard collectors are represented by an icon that contains a check mark and an X. The check mark is green when the standard collector parameter is in an okay state and the X turns red when the standard collector parameter goes into an alarm state. (See the PATROL user guide for your console for detailed information on alarm states and icons.) These standard collector parameters go into an alarm state if a scheduled collection fails. Double-clicking on a standard collector icon opens a graph or timetable that displays a mark for each collection that the standard collector parameter completed. Standard collector parameters do not display the data that they collect, but display only information about their collections.

The data collected by the standard collector parameters is distributed to related consumer parameters. Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies,”provides a table that cross-references the consumer parameters with the standard collector parameter that sets its value. Disabling a standard collector parameter also disables the consumer parameters that it sets.

Figure 3 shows the Collector Application icon, the parameters it contains, and an example of a graph that standard collector parameters use to display collection information.

Figure 3 Collector application, parameters, and a graph

The timetable displays a mark for each data collection cycle that the standard collector parameter completed.

Double-clicking on one of the standard collectors opens a graph or timetable for that standard collector parameter.

Double-clicking the Collector application icon displays the standard collector icons.

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 27

Page 28: SQL SVR KM

Menu commands

Parameter History file

All parameter history data is stored in a single file named param.hist, which is located in the following directory on the computer where the PATROL Agent resides:

stored in a single file named param.hist, which is located in the following directory on the computer where the PATROL Agent resides:

$PATROL_HOME\log\history\computername\portnumber

See the PATROL user guide for your console for detailed information about the parameter history file.

Menu commands

The PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server menu commands allow you to perform the following tasks:

■ define and manage PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server■ manage your SQL Servers from PATROL■ view reports about your SQL Servers

The Server application class provides the majority of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server menu commands. The following application classes provide menu commands more specific to the objects that these application classes represent:

■ Database■ Filegroup■ Error Log■ Published■ Subscribers■ Users

28 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 29: SQL SVR KM

Menu commands

Figure 4 shows a Server application icon, the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Servers menu, and the Server application menu. Right-clicking the Server application icon opens the console menu, and KM Commands is an option available from that menu. You can access the Database, Filegroup, Published, Subscribers, and Users menus from their respective application icons.

Figure 4 Server application menu in Windows

The Server application menu shown in Figure 4 is at the top level of the menu tree hierarchy for the Server application menu.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help provides further details about menu commands. For information about how to access menu commands and online Help from the various PATROL consoles, see Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help.”

Server application icon

console menu

Server application menu

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 29

Page 30: SQL SVR KM

InfoBoxes

InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses InfoBoxes to provide attributes specific to the objects in your SQL Servers. InfoBoxes are tables of attributes accessed from the icons that represent parameters and application classes. The PATROL consoles and PATROL Agent populate all of the attributes that appear in the parameter InfoBoxes and some of the attributes, such as icon type or status, that appear in the application InfoBoxes.

In each of the application InfoBoxes, the items generated by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server appear below the items generated by the PATROL console, and they are preceded by a check mark (PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows) or are separated from the console items by a horizontal rule (PATROL Console for UNIX). The PATROL Central Operator consoles differentiate between the items in a similar fashion. Figure 5 is an example of an InfoBox for a Server application instance.

Figure 5 InfoBox for a Server application instance

The attributes that populate the InfoBoxes are gathered and updated periodically. Some of the attributes that appear in the application InfoBoxes remain static (for example, SQL Server Name) and some of the attributes change as your SQL Server environment changes (for example, Blackout End Time). Each InfoBox provides an Update button that you can use to force a refresh of the attributes in that InfoBox.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help provides further details about the application InfoBoxes. For information about how to access InfoBoxes and online Help, see Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help.”

Check marked items

Update button

30 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 31: SQL SVR KM

Related publications

Related publicationsThe PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help is installed with the product when you install from the Electronic Product Download (EPD) website. The following publications contain information about installing, migrating, and deploying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server:

■ Distribution Server Getting Started■ Installation Utility Reference Manual■ PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide

For more detailed information about the PATROL Agent and consoles, see the documentation CDs provided with your PATROL Agent and console products and the online Help for those products.

Where to go from hereThe following table suggests topics that you should read next:

Topic Source of information

how to install and migrate PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Chapter 2, “Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on page 33’

how to setup and configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Chapter 3, “Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to use PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to change configuration variables or parameter properties

Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on page 95’

how to use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server functionality to monitor and manage SQL Servers

Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to access the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help”

definitions and default values for parameters

Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”

consumer and collector parameter dependencies

Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”

PATROL Agent configuration variables Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables”

detailed descriptions of the applications, menu commands, parameters, and InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

Chapter 1 Product components and capabilities 31

Page 32: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

32 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 33: SQL SVR KM

C h a p t e r 2

2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

This chapter presents the following topics:

Verifying installation requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Preparing for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Determining how you should monitor a cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Determining whether to install locally or remotely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Determining the version of the installation utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Determining the PATROL security levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Determining how to upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Planning for the installation of a language pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Installing a language pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Upgrading and saving customizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Preparing to upgrade and migrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Migrating customizations with the PATROL Configuration Manager. . . . . . . . . 51Migrating customizations manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Creating an installation package of the migrated and merged KM. . . . . . . . . . . . 53First-time installation using the Distribution Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Importing a CD or customized installation package into Distribution Server. . . 55Installing with the Distribution Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Installing the online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Installing the UNIX version of the Help browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Setting environment variables for the browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Additional considerations for using online Help for UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Uninstalling PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a Windows environment 60To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a UNIX environment. . . . 60

Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 33

Page 34: SQL SVR KM

Verifying installation requirements

Verifying installation requirementsBefore installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, verify that the target computer meets the minimum installation requirements listed in Table 2.

NOTE For specific version numbers for the products that are supported by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, refer to the release notes for the version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server that you are using.

Table 2 System requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server (Part 1 of 4)

Resource Requirements Comments

SQL Server performance objects

The Microsoft SQL Servers you want to monitor must have the SQL Server performance objects installed and available to PATROL in order for all of the functions in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to operate.

If PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server cannot find the SQL Server performance objects, it cannot configure the instance, and it generates the following message: The SQL Server performance objects are not available. If you cannot resolve this issue, refer to your SQL Server manual, see the Microsoft technical information website, or call Microsoft support.

PATROL Agent and consoles

■ at least one of the following PATROL consoles: — PATROL Console for UNIX— PATROL Console for Microsoft

Windows Servers— PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft

Windows Edition— PATROL Central Operator – Web

Edition■ PATROL Agent■ PATROL Console Server

PATROL Central consoles are not required, but a PATROL Agent is required for each monitored instance and a PATROL Console for UNIX or PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows is required to initially configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

34 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 35: SQL SVR KM

Verifying installation requirements

other PATROL products

PATROL installation utility See “Determining the version of the installation utility” on page 40.

PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard (a component of PATROL for Microsoft Windows Servers)

This product is required if you plan to monitor a clustered SQL Server. For more information, see “Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment” on page 85.

Use the following PATROL products to configure and modify PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server:

■ PATROL Configuration Manager■ PATROL Knowledge Module for Event

Management

For more information, see Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

Distribution Server You can use this product to distribute PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server throughout your enterprise.

disk space needed to install

40 MB are required to install on a computer that is acting as a Managed System, Common System, and Console System

Fewer megabytes are required if you are installing only on a Managed System (37 MB), or only on a Console System (21 MB). For more information about the roles that each computer performs, see page 48.

browser Netscape Navigator for UNIX and Red Hat Linux platforms.

Install Netscape Navigator on the computer where the console resides.

security levels PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server can operate at any of the security levels provided by PATROL

See “Determining the PATROL security levels” on page 41.

license You must have a valid demonstration license (typically good for 30 days) or a permanent license to run your PATROL products.

If you do not have a permanent license, contact your BMC Software sales representative or the BMC Software Contract Administration department for licensing information.

installing into a UNIX environment without a browser

You must launch the installation utility from the command line and use the -serveronly command line option.

Table 2 System requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server (Part 2 of 4)

Resource Requirements Comments

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 35

Page 36: SQL SVR KM

Verifying installation requirements

accounts PATROL Windows account You must create a dedicated user account before PATROL is installed. Use the following guidelines:

■ Stand-alone workgroup servers must use a local user account.

■ Servers that are trusted members of a domain can use either a local or domain account.

■ The account on a domain controller must be a member of the domain Administrators group.

■ The PATROL account must be a member of the local Administrators group of the computer where the PATROL Agent resides.

■ If you use a domain account, no local account on that computer can have the same name.

■ Do not use a built-in Administrator account.

Warning: If you use a built-in Windows domain or local Administrator account as the PATROL default account, files created by PATROL are owned by the Administrator, and security or file access problems can result.

Note: If you are installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server in a cluster, verify that the account you are using to install PATROL has local administrator rights on each cluster node.

Table 2 System requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server (Part 3 of 4)

Resource Requirements Comments

36 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 37: SQL SVR KM

Verifying installation requirements

accounts (continued)

PATROL UNIX account ■ The account .login, .profile, .cshrc, and .kshrc files should not contain any customizations such as aliases, nondefault prompts, or unmask settings other than 022.

■ Do not use the root account.

■ The account must have permission to create directories and write the installation logs to the $HOME and /tmp directories on the computer where you are installing products.

■ The account must have ftp and telnet enabled.

■ The account must have access to a root account on the computer where PATROL is installed.

■ (recommended) Install PATROL on local partitions. If PATROL is installed on NFS-mounted partitions, the root account must have root access permissions on the NFS server.

PATROL requires the following accounts to monitor SQL Server:

■ a SQL Server login account with system administrator privileges when standard security is selected or a Windows login account with system administrator (sa) privileges when integrated security is selected

■ a SQL Server login account with user privileges

PATROL automatically uses the appropriate login for each function.

PATROL uses the SQL Server or Windows account with system administrator privileges for the following functions:

■ SQL Snapshot■ configuration ■ DBStructureColl and

LongRunningTrans parameters

PATROL uses the SQL Server user account for the following functions:

■ all other parameters■ all other menu commands

Table 2 System requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server (Part 4 of 4)

Resource Requirements Comments

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 37

Page 38: SQL SVR KM

Preparing for installation

Preparing for installationBMC Software recommends that you first install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on a limited number of development or test computers, and then configure and test PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server before installing it onto production computers.

Installation prerequisites

Before you install, you should complete the following tasks:

■ check for product patches or fixes (see page 38)■ determine how you should monitor a cluster (see page 39)■ determine whether to install locally or by using an installable image (see page 40)■ ensure that you are using the correct version of the installation utility (see page 40)■ determine the PATROL security level (see page 41)■ determine which roles your computers perform (see page 42)■ determine whether to upgrade without saving any customizations or to upgrade

and save your customizations (see page 41)■ plan for the installation of a language pack, if required (see page 46)

Checking for product patches or fixes

Product fixes or patches, which correct problems that are found after a product is released, are usually available through the BMC Software website. BMC Software recommends that you check the web page for your version of the product.

If fixes or patches are available for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 4.2.30, install the product, and then apply the patch or fix using the installation instructions provided in the technical bulletin or flash that describes the patch or fix.

38 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 39: SQL SVR KM

Determining how you should monitor a cluster

Determining how you should monitor a cluster

Before you begin installing the product in a clustered environment, decide which of the supported configurations shown in Table 3 you should use to monitor your clustered environment.

BMC Software recommends that you use the virtual PATROL Agent configuration. If you choose the virtual PATROL Agent configuration, you must install and run a PATROL Agent and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on each cluster node, and use the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard to create a virtual PATROL Agent resource on each cluster group that contains a SQL Server that you want to monitor.

The PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard defines the PATROL Agent environment variables that make the history data and configuration settings available upon failover. For more information about configuring the PATROL Agent as a resource in a cluster, see “Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment” on page 85.

Table 3 Supported configurations for a clustered environment

Configuration Advantage Disadvantage

virtual PATROL Agent—use the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard to add the PATROL Agent resource to the cluster group(s) that contains the SQL Servers you want to monitor

■ No need to configure the SQL Server instances on each cluster node. Instead, you configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the active nodes (that is, the virtual SQL Server)

■ Parameter history and configuration settings are stored on a shared drive and are, therefore, available after failover

■ the Failover parameter is available in this environment

■ Only SQL Server instances belonging to the same cluster resource group as the virtual PATROL Agent are discovered

You must run a virtual PATROL Agent on each cluster resource group that has a SQL Server to monitor.

PATROL Agent—run independent PATROL Agents on each cluster node

■ Only one PATROL Agent runs on each node

Because PATROL configuration data and parameter history data are not shared between the PATROL Agents on the cluster nodes, the following disadvantages apply:

■ you must configure each SQL Server to which the instance can fail over

■ you cannot view parameter history that was collected on another cluster node

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 39

Page 40: SQL SVR KM

Determining whether to install locally or remotely

Determining whether to install locally or remotely

You can install products on the computer on which you are running the installation utility (local installation), or you can create an installable image of products so that you can install them at a later time on multiple computers (remote installation functionality). An installable image is a fully configured product image that you can use to install products to multiple computers. With an installable image, you can create one product image with one pass through the installation utility and then use that image to install to remote computers in your environment.

If you create an installable image, the computers upon which you install the image must have identical values entered for the following configuration settings:

■ BMC Software products installation directory■ account names■ passwords■ PATROL Agent port number■ security options

If you want to specify different settings for different computers, you must either create a separate image for each set of values that you want to implement or edit the variables in the control file for the installable image by using the ctltool. For more information about creating, distributing, and installing installable images, and about using the ctltool, see the PATROL Installation Reference Manual.

Determining the version of the installation utility

The version of the installation utility included on the CD or Electronic Product Download (EPD) image you use to install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server might differ from a version included on another product CD or from a version that you downloaded from the BMC Software Electronic Product Download (EPD) website. You should use the version of the installation utility that comes with the product that you are installing.

To determine the version of an installation utility

1 Open a command prompt.

2 Navigate to the directory where the installation utility is located.

3 Enter the command that is appropriate for your system:

— Setup.exe -v (Windows)— setup sh -v (UNIX)

40 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 41: SQL SVR KM

Determining the PATROL security levels

Determining the PATROL security levels

PATROL security is installed as part of the agent, console server, and consoles. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server inherits the security policy from the agent, console server, and console on which it is installed and can operate at any of the PATROL security levels. However, the higher security levels require more overhead, which can affect performance. If this is a concern, you might want to verify which level of security is installed and how it was implemented.

To check the security level of a previously installed agent, console server, or console

1 From the command line, switch to the path on the computer that you want to check: %BMC_ROOT\..\common\security\bin\OS (Windows) or $BMC_ROOT/../common/security/bin/OS (UNIX)

2 To display the security policy of the current computer, run the following command:

esstool policy -a

For more information about PATROL security, see the PATROL Security User Guide.

Determining how to upgrade

If you already have a version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server installed in your environment, you need to determine whether or not there are any customizations in the installed product that you want to save.

Customizations to Knowledge Modules (.km) and PSL (.psl) files are stored in cache, but they are not preserved and incorporated automatically. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server can include the following customizations:

■ new Knowledge Modules (.km files) that you created■ modified PSL code, whether it is embedded in .km or .psl files

Customizations that were applied by using PATROL Configuration Manager or operator overrides created with a PATROL Operator Console (unless you are upgrading from a PATROL console version 3.4.11 or earlier) are saved in the agent configuration database automatically. The customizations take effect automatically. For more information, see Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 41

Page 42: SQL SVR KM

Determining the roles that each computer performs

Use Table 4 to determine whether you should upgrade and save your customizations or upgrade without saving any customizations, and use the appropriate procedure.

Determining the roles that each computer performs

The installation utility prompts you to select the roles performed by the computer on which you are installing BMC Software products (the target computer). Before beginning the installation process, review the following definitions of the roles that are presented in the installation utility and decide which of these roles is performed by each computer in your environment.

Table 4 Choosing an installation procedure

Situation Installation Procedure

■ No customizations were made to your previous version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

■ One or more of the following customizations were made to your previous version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, but you plan to migrate those customizations manually:

■ new Knowledge Modules were created■ PSL code was modified

■ One or more of the changes or customizations listed above were made by using the PATROL Configuration Manager (in which case, they are saved in the Agent configuration file and applied to the new version automatically).

■ You want to overwrite customizations with the default values of the new version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

■ The currently installed version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is a version earlier than 2.1.00.

“Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation” on page 46

One or more of the following customizations were made to your currently installed version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and you plan to save those customizations and migrate them to the new version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server manually:

■ new Knowledge Modules were created■ PSL code was modified

“Upgrading and saving customizations” on page 50

If you are using the Distribution Server to install and distribute PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server throughout your environment

“First-time installation using the Distribution Server” on page 54

42 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 43: SQL SVR KM

Determining the roles that each computer performs

Roles performed by computers in the PATROL architecture

The following roles are performed by computers in the PATROL architecture:

■ Console Systems (also referred to as console computers) host user desktop applications such as consoles, user interfaces, viewers, and browsers. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing performs any of the following roles:

— monitors and manages on Windows by using a PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition console (PATROL 7.x architecture)

— monitors and manages on UNIX by using a PATROL Console for UNIX (PATROL 3.x architecture)

— monitors and manages on Windows by using a PATROL Console for Windows (PATROL 3.x architecture)

■ Managed Systems (also referred to as agent computers) host software that manages the resources on the computer, such as a PATROL Agent, PATROL Knowledge Modules, and Service Reporting Retrievers. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing will perform any of the following roles:

— host a PATROL Agent 3.5 (works with both the PATROL 3.x and PATROL 7.x architecture)

— host KMs and components that contain the knowledge that PATROL uses to monitor the resources on this computer

■ Common Services (new with PATROL 7.x architecture) computer hosts services that are shared among managed systems and console systems. You can install each of these common services on any computer in the network. Select this option if the computer to which you are installing will perform any of the following roles:

■ host the PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition (PATROL 7.x) server■ host the PATROL Console Servers■ host the RTservers

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 43

Page 44: SQL SVR KM

Determining where to install

Additional information

For more information about the PATROL consoles and PATROL Console Server or RTserver, see the online Help systems for each product and the following documents:

■ PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition Getting Started■ PATROL Central Operator - Microsoft Windows Edition Getting Started■ PATROL Console Server and RTserver Getting Started■ PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide■ PATROL Console for UNIX User Guide■ PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows User Guide - Understanding the Basics of

PATROL, Volume 1

Determining where to install

Where you install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server depends on which system roles you have assigned to a computer and which PATROL infrastructure components are installed on that computer.

This section explains where to install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

PATROL 3.x

In a PATROL 3.x environment, you must install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the following computers:

■ Computers hosting the PATROL Agent—Select Managed Systems as the System Role in the installation utility when installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. This selection installs the files that run on the PATROL Agent.

■ Computers hosting the PATROL Console for Windows or PATROL Console for UNIX—Select Console Systems as the System Role in the installation utility when installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on computers hosting the PATROL Console for Windows or PATROL Console for UNIX. This selection installs the files required by the console.

44 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 45: SQL SVR KM

Determining where to install

PATROL 7.x

In a PATROL 7.x environment, you must install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the following computers:

■ Computers hosting the PATROL Console Server—Select Common Services Systems as the System Role in the installation utility. This selection installs the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server icons, Help files, and resource files that are used by PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition and PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition.

■ Computers hosting PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition—Select Console Systems as the System Role in the installation utility. This selection installs PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files for use by PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition.

■ Computers hosting the PATROL Agent—Select Managed Systems as the System Role in the installation utility. This selection installs PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files that run on the PATROL Agent.

When using PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition, install KMs on computers hosting the PATROL Console Server using the Common Services Systems role and computers hosting the PATROL Agent using the Managed Systems role.

If you are using older versions of the following components:

■ PATROL Console Server prior to version 7.2.36■ PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition prior to version 7.1.10

You must also install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the computer hosting the PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition web server using the Common Services Systems role.

For more information about the PATROL 7.x architecture, see the PATROL Infrastructure Planning Guide.

NOTE If you do not install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the computer hosting the PATROL Console Server, and select Common Services Systems as the System Role in the installation utility, no PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server icons or Help files will be available for the PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition or PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition consoles.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 45

Page 46: SQL SVR KM

Planning for the installation of a language pack

Planning for the installation of a language pack

The a language pack provides translations of all messages and user interface elements. Language pack CDs are always installed after the product has been installed. When the Japanese language pack CD is installed, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server operates with a Japanese user interface.

There are two requirements you need to consider if you plan to install a language pack:

■ you must install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server before you can install the language pack for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

■ you must make the same selections in the installation windows during both installations

To ensure that you make the same selections during both installations, you might want to note your selections and capture the Review Selections and Start Install window (step 9 on page 49).

Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation

Use Table 4 on page 42 to determine whether you should use this installation procedure or proceed to “Upgrading and saving customizations” on page 50.

Before you begin

Whether this is a first time installation or an upgrade, take the following actions:

■ create the PATROL default account before installing

■ install (or upgrade, if required) PATROL Agent and console products before installing or upgrading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server (If you are installing from a CD that contains Agents, consoles, and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, you can install them at the same time.)

■ install on a limited number of computers in a test environment, test the installation thoroughly, and then install in your production environment

46 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 47: SQL SVR KM

Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation

If you are upgrading, whether you plan to save your changes or not, take the following actions:

■ move the old PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to a new directory that is different from PATROL_HOME

■ remove PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files from PATROL_CACHE

To back up the current installation and move files from PATROL_CACHE

1 Shut down any PATROL Agents, consoles, and related services that are currently running.

2 Ensure that no one is accessing any PATROL files or directories.

3 Perform a full backup of the following directories where PATROL executables and data are typically stored:

■ PATROL_HOME for agent and console installation directories■ PATROL_CACHE for the console working cache

4 Remove all PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files with the following naming patterns from PATROL_CACHE\knowledge and PATROL_CACHE\psl:

■ MSSQL*

■ RA1MSSQL*

To install for the first Time, upgrade without saving customizations, or upgrade and migrate customizations manually

1 From the installation CD or from an electronically downloaded (EPD) installation image, start the installation utility by running setup.exe (Windows) or setup.sh (UNIX).

2 In the Welcome to the Installation Utility window, click Next.

3 In the Review License Agreement window, review the license agreement, select Accept, and click Next to continue.

WARNING You must remove the current PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files from the PATROL_CACHE directory for the console. If you do not, old product files in PATROL_CACHE are loaded instead of the newly installed files from PATROL_HOME.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 47

Page 48: SQL SVR KM

Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation

4 In the Select Installation Option window, select one of the following options:

■ To install locally now, select I want to install products on this computer now and click Next to continue.

■ To create an installable image that you can install locally and remotely later, select Create an image to be installed later, enter the directory where you want the installation image stored, and click Next to continue.

To help you determine which of installation options you want to select, see “Determining whether to install locally or remotely” on page 40.

5 In the Specify Installation Directory window, enter the directory where your current BMC products are installed, if different from the default, or accept the default and click Next.

The PATROL product directory that you specify in step 8 is appended to the path that you enter in this step.

6 In the Select System Roles window, select the roles to indicate the components that you want to install and click Next.

For help in determining which roles to select, see “Determining the roles that each computer performs” on page 42 and “Determining where to install” on page 44.

For more information about the PATROL consoles, PATROL Console Server, or RTserver, see the online Help systems for those products and the following documents:

■ PATROL Console Server and RTserver Getting Started■ PATROL Console for UNIX User Guide■ PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows User Guide - Understanding the Basics of

PATROL, Volume 1

7 In the Select Products and Components to Install window, select PATROL Solutions for Databases => PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and click Next.

8 In the Provide the PATROL 3.x Product Directory window, enter the directory in which you want to install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

This product directory is appended to the BMC Products Installation Directory that you entered in step 5.

NOTE PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not provide a QuickStart package.

48 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 49: SQL SVR KM

Installing a language pack

9 In the Review Selections and Start Install window, review the selections carefully, and then, to make changes, click Back or, to start installing, click Start Install.

A status window opens that contains current messages, current milestones, and percentage complete.

10 When the status window reports that the installation is 100% complete, click Next to view the results window. (Next does not appear until the installation is 100% complete.)

11 In the results window, click View Log to review the details of the installation or click Exit to close the installation utility.

Installing a language pack

A language pack provides translations of all messages and user interface elements. Language pack CDs are always installed after the product has been installed. For example, when the Japanese language pack CD is installed, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server operates with a Japanese user interface.

To install a language pack

1 From the language pack CD, run setup.exe.

2 The windows that display during this install are very similar to the windows you used when installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. For each window, make the same choices in the language pack installation window as you did in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server installation window.

TIP Capture the Review Selections and Start Install screen and save it for further reference. If you are planning to install a language pack, you can use this information to make sure that you make the same selections when installing from the language pack CD as you used to install using the product CD. Also, if you are installing PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on several computers, you can use this information to keep track of the selections that you made for each installation.

NOTE You must install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server before you can install a language pack for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 49

Page 50: SQL SVR KM

Upgrading and saving customizations

Upgrading and saving customizationsBMC Software recommends that you migrate customizations that were made to KMs by using PATROL Configuration Manager. For more information about using PATROL Configuration Manager, see “Migrating customizations with the PATROL Configuration Manager” on page 51 and Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

If you want to upgrade and save your customizations by migrating your customizations manually, you can use the “Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation” on page 46 installation instructions.

You can also migrate your KM customizations to a new version of the KM and distribute those migrated customizations to PATROL Agents throughout your enterprise by using the Distribution Server.

Preparing to upgrade and migrate

Whether you are upgrading and saving your customizations or simply upgrading, you must first back up the current installation and remove PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files from PATROL_CACHE.

To back up the current installation and move files from PATROL_CACHE

1 Shut down any PATROL Agents, Consoles, and related services.

2 Ensure that no one is accessing any PATROL files or directories.

3 Perform a full backup of the following directories:

■ PATROL_HOME for agent and console installation directories■ PATROL_CACHE for the console working cache

WARNING You must remove the current PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files from the PATROL_CACHE directory for the console. If you do not, old product files in PATROL_CACHE are loaded instead of the newly installed files from PATROL_HOME.

50 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 51: SQL SVR KM

Migrating customizations with the PATROL Configuration Manager

4 Remove all PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files with the following naming patterns from PATROL_CACHE\knowledge and PATROL_CACHE\psl:

■ MSSQL*

■ RA1MSSQL*

Migrating customizations with the PATROL Configuration Manager

PATROL Configuration Manager allows you to manage customizations to KMs, depending on the type of customization. Before migrating any changes to the KMs, you should review Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

■ If you have localized parameters or global parameters that have customized poll times or thresholds, use the AS_CHANGESPRING KM to migrate these customizations into PATROL Configuration Manager rulesets as described in the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide and in Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

■ If you have created custom recovery actions, follow these steps:

1. Ensure that you have made a record of your customizations and have backed up the customized files in the PATROL_HOME and PATROL_CACHE directories.

2. Uninstall the old version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

3. Install the new version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server as described in the section “Installing for the first time or upgrading over an existing installation” on page 46.

4. Ensure that you have made a record of your custom recovery actions.

5. Use the Recovery Action Event Management commands as described in the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide to migrate your custom recovery actions to the PATROL Configuration Manager.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 51

Page 52: SQL SVR KM

Migrating customizations manually

Migrating customizations manually

Use the following procedures to manually migrate customizations from an earlier version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to the new version.

To migrate customizations manually

1 Move the earlier PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server installation to a new directory that is different from PATROL_HOME.

2 Identify the customizations in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server by comparing the content of the text file of the KM in the current PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server version with the content of the text file for the customized KM that is saved in the PATROL console cache backup directory.

3 Incorporate your customizations to the new PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server by performing the following steps:

A Restart the PATROL console.

B Load the newly installed PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

C Using a PATROL Developer Console, enter the customizations that you identified in step 2, one by one.

To migrate customized PATROL Script Language code

Customizations made to PATROL Script Language (PSL) code are not automatically migrated. These customizations may be embedded in .km files or stored in separate .psl files. Migrate these customizations manually, using the following guidelines:

■ If you modified .psl files that were shipped by BMC Software, you must manually re-edit the PSL code in the new KM by using a PATROL Developer Console to reapply your changes.

■ If you modified PSL code embedded in a KM, that code will be overwritten when you install a new version of the product. You must manually edit the new .km files by using a PATROL Developer Console to reapply your changes.

■ If you created a new PSL file (not shipped by BMC Software) outside of a .km file, or if you created new PSL code (not shipped by BMC Software) and embedded it in a KM that was shipped by BMC Software, search your .km, .psl, and .ctg files for terms that you may have used that have since been adopted by BMC Software as PSL keywords. Rename any terms match existing keywords. Reapply your changes by using a PATROL Developer Console.

52 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 53: SQL SVR KM

Creating an installation package of the migrated and merged KM

Creating an installation package of the migrated and merged KM

After you have migrated and merged your customizations, you must create an installation package that can be used with the installation utility to install locally on one computer or with Distribution Server to install remotely on multiple computers.

1 Copy the entire contents of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server CD to a temporary directory on a hard drive on a server. You can delete this temporary directory after you have successfully created an installable image.

2 Navigate to the packaged_results directory for the merged package and open the .ppf file with a text editor. Write down the file name in the first line of the .ppf file. This file name is the name of the directory that you will look for in the Products directory of the CD image.

3 Rename the packaged_results directory with the file name that you found in the .ppf file in the previous step.

4 Copy the renamed directory to the Products directory of the temporary directory that you used in Step 1. You will be replacing the files there with the merged files that contain your customizations.

5 Copy the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server CD image to the server where you plan to install PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

NOTE If you have customized a PSL library that was compiled with an earlier version of the PSL compiler than the version that was provided with PATROL 3.2.09i, you must manually recompile the library by using a PATROL 3.5 or later compiler.

EXAMPLE If pksckm/4.2.00/030107-233044 was listed in the first line of the .ppf file, you would use pksckm as the directory name.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 53

Page 54: SQL SVR KM

First-time installation using the Distribution Server

First-time installation using the Distribution Server

The PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server can be installed locally to a single computer or remotely to multiple computers using the Distribution Server.

Details about installing a product across an enterprise to multiple computers by using the Distribution Server are beyond the scope of this book. However, this section does describe how to import the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server product into the Distribution Server. It also provides a high-level overview of the enterprise installation process.

Distribution Server features

You use the Distribution Server to perform remote installations or uninstallations of BMC Software distributed systems products across multiple systems from a central location.

With the Distribution Server you can perform the following actions:

■ Install, uninstall, upgrade, and reinstall products on remote systems from one central location.

■ Create collections of products and system groups to distribute multiple products to multiple systems in one distribution.

■ Schedule a distribution for a specific date and time.

■ Maintain multiple product versions to be distributed.

■ View reports to check distribution status, gather distribution data, and diagnosis problems.

To import PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server into the Distribution Server, perform the following tasks: “Importing a CD or customized installation package into Distribution Server” on page 55.

54 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 55: SQL SVR KM

Importing a CD or customized installation package into Distribution Server

Importing a CD or customized installation package into Distribution Server

This task describes how to import components into the Distribution Server for deployment to multiple locations.

Before you begin

■ The customized installation packages that resulted from “Creating an installation package of the migrated and merged KM” on page 53 must be accessible to the Distribution Server.

■ Ensure that you use Distribution Server version 7.1.01 or later.

To import components in to the Distribution Server

1 Using the Distribution Server Manager, connect to the Distribution Server.

2 In the Distribution Server tab area, click the Components tab.

3 In the list area, click the Import button.

4 Navigate to the location where the components are located and click Next.

5 Select the directory that contains the Products directory (do not select the Products directory itself).

If the components are not accessible on a local drive, you can specify them by using the NFS name and path.

6 Select the check boxes for the components that you want to import and click OK.

7 Click Import to import the selected components.

EXAMPLE Assuming that you copied the CD image into a directory called merged_CD and then, after migrating your customizations and creating a customized installation package, you copied the updated package to the directory containing the CD image, the resultant directory structure would resemble merged_CD\Products\pskchm. You would select the directory merged_CD.

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 55

Page 56: SQL SVR KM

Installing with the Distribution Server

Installing with the Distribution Server

Once you have imported the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server into the Distribution Server, you must perform the following tasks within the tool. The tasks can be grouped into three stages.

To set up products

1 Import components into the Distribution Server repository on the Components tab of the Distribution Manager.

2 Arrange components in collections on the Collections tab of the Distribution Manager.

3 Configure the collections on the Configurations tab of the Distribution Manager.

To set up systems

1 Create accounts in the operating system of the computers to which you want to distribute PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

2 Add accounts and create profiles for the systems on the Systems tab of the Distribution Manager.

3 Add the systems and install the Distribution Client on the Systems tab of the Distribution Manager.

4 Arrange systems in system groups on the Systems tab of the Distribution Manager.

To distribute products

1 Distribute configurations of collections to system groups on the Distributions tab of the Distribution Manager.

2 Run reports to review distributions on the Reports tab of the Distribution Manager.

For detailed instructions about how to perform remote installations with the Distribution Server, see the Distribution Server Getting Started Guide.

56 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 57: SQL SVR KM

Installing the online Help

Installing the online HelpFor the PATROL consoles, the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is automatically installed when you install the console KM package to the console. For PATROL Central Operator consoles (either Microsoft Windows Edition or Web Edition), the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is automatically installed when you install the KM package to the console server.

If you plan to install the UNIX version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on a PATROL Console for UNIX, you must install the UNIX version of the Help browser separately if it is not already installed.

Installing the UNIX version of the Help browser

The browser that is required for the UNIX version of PATROL Help on PATROL version 3.x is Netscape Navigator version 3.01 through 4.78. However, if you are running a Red Hat Linux platform, you must run Netscape Navigator version 4.x to display the online Help. Currently, PATROL Help does not support Netscape Navigator 6.0.

You must install Netscape Navigator on the computer where the PATROL console resides. You can install Netscape anywhere on your UNIX computer as long as the binary is in the path.

Setting environment variables for the browser

The Help browser does not run unless the LANG, PATH, and PATROL_BROWSER environment variables are set properly. The following sections describe these variables.

LANG variable

You must set the UNIX LANG environment variable to C for Netscape Navigator to work properly. Otherwise, you could experience product failures.

Type of shell Export command for LANG variable

Bourne LANG=Cexport LANG

Korn export LANG=C

C setenv LANG=C

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 57

Page 58: SQL SVR KM

Setting environment variables for the browser

PATH variable

The PATROL user account PATH variable must contain the location of the directory containing the Netscape files. If the directory containing the Netscape files is not in the path, add the directory to the PATROL user account path.

This requirement applies only to the PATROL user account on the PATROL console computer.

PATROL_BROWSER variable

When PATROL starts the Help browser, it uses the command in the PATROL_BROWSER environment variable. By default, the PATROL_BROWSER environment variable contains the following command:

To use different arguments, set the value of PATROL_BROWSER to the appropriate string.

Type of shell Export command for PATH variable

Bourne PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location export PATH

Korn export PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location

C setenv PATH=$PATH:/netscape_location

Type of shell Export command for PATROL_BROWSER variable

Bourne PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install -iconicexport LANG

Korn export PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install -iconic

C setenv PATROL_BROWSER=netscape -display $DISPLAY -install -iconic

EXAMPLE For Korn shell:

export PATROL_BROWSER=/usr/local/bin/netscape -raise

58 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 59: SQL SVR KM

Additional considerations for using online Help for UNIX

Additional considerations for using online Help for UNIX

When you select Help from the PATROL console on a UNIX system, it may take a few seconds for the Help browser to launch. Two windows will be displayed. First, the Netscape Navigator window is displayed as an icon, and then a browser window that contains the Help is displayed.

In addition, you must be aware of the following restrictions:

■ Netscape Navigator displays warning messages when it is invoked multiple times within the same user account because of its file-locking mechanism. It will, however, continue functioning.

■ By default, when Netscape Navigator starts, it uses a private color map. As a result, you might experience color flashing on your workstation. If so, you can set the value of PATROL_BROWSER so that the colormap option is not specified. However, some subsequent color requests might fail and the online Help will be improperly displayed.

■ The eXceed for Windows NT X Window Server product by Hummingbird Communication Ltd. may not always display the Help files properly.

Consult your Netscape Navigator documentation for specific platform requirements and restrictions.

Uninstalling PATROL for Microsoft SQL ServerYou must use the same version of the installation utility that you used to install your current version of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to uninstall the product. If you use a different version of the installation program to uninstall, you might remove files needed to perform uninstallation of other BMC Software products. See “Determining the version of the installation utility” on page 40.

For more detailed information about how to uninstall, see the PATROL Installation Reference Manual.

Use one of the following procedures to uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server:

■ “To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a Windows environment” on page 60

■ “To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a UNIX environment” on page 60

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 59

Page 60: SQL SVR KM

Uninstalling PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a Windows environment

1 From the Uninstall directory in your BMC Software product installation directory, double-click uninstall.exe to launch the installation utility in uninstall mode.

2 In the Welcome window, click Next.

3 Select the installation directory from which you want to remove a product, and click Next.

4 Select the product or products that you want to uninstall, and click Next.

5 Review your selections and click Uninstall.

After the uninstallation is complete, a window is displayed that tells you whether the uninstallation was successful.

To uninstall PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server from a UNIX environment

1 Change to the Uninstall directory in your BMC Software product installation directory and enter the command ./uninstall.sh to launch the installation utility in uninstall mode.

2 In the Welcome window, click Next.

3 Select the installation directory from which you want to remove a product, and click Next.

4 Select the product or products that you want to uninstall, and click Next.

5 Review your selections and click Uninstall.

NOTE Before you can uninstall PATROL products, you might need to stop any PATROL processes that are running on the computers where you want to uninstall PATROL.

NOTE As an option, you can launch the installation utility in uninstall mode by choosing Start => Settings => Control Panel => Add/Remove Programs and double-clicking BMC Software Tools in the Add/Remove Programs Properties dialog box.

60 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 61: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

Where to go from hereThe following table suggests topics that you should read next:

Topic Source of information

how to setup and configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Chapter 3, “Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to use PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to change configuration variables or parameter properties

Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server”

how to use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server functionality to monitor and manage SQL Servers

Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to access the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help”

definitions and default values for parameters Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”

consumer and collector parameter dependencies

Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”

PATROL Agent configuration variables Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables”

detailed descriptions of the applications, menu commands, parameters, and InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

Chapter 2 Installing and migrating PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 61

Page 62: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

62 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 63: SQL SVR KM

C h a p t e r 3

3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

This chapter presents the following topics:

Setting up and configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Unloading .km files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Configuring a SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Accelerating discovery and reviewing error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Saving the changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Reviewing the default settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80SQL Server Agent monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Error log monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Database monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Object monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82File and file group monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Replication monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82User and process monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Parameter defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Determining how you should configure a cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Monitoring a cluster by using a virtual PATROL Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Installing and configuring a cluster with a virtual PATROL Agent . . . . . . . . . . . 87Monitoring a cluster by using a PATROL Agent on each node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Installing and configuring a node-level cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events . 90

Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 63

Page 64: SQL SVR KM

Setting up and configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Setting up and configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Once you have completed installation, you must complete the setup steps before you can use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to monitor your Microsoft SQL Servers (SQL Servers). This section contains instructions on how to perform the following setup steps:

■ load the files into the console (and unload unwanted files)■ verify that the SQL Server is discovered and online■ configure the SQL Servers■ accelerate discovery and review the error files■ save the changes

Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Before you can begin using PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, you must load its .km files into your PATROL console. After you load the files once, you can save your console configuration so that PATROL will automatically load PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server the next time you start your PATROL console. PATROL also provides you with a way to unload any files that you no longer require.

Before you begin

This section assumes that you have completed the following tasks:

■ started a PATROL console■ started a PATROL Agent and SQL Server on each computer you want to monitor

WARNING PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server requires the presence of all of its .km files to operate successfully. Load the MSSQL_SERVER.kml file and all of the .km files that it provides, and do not delete any of the .km files.

64 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 65: SQL SVR KM

Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Before loading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, consider the following options:

■ If you want PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to start automatically whenever you open the console, load the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files and the configuration file for the agent on the computer where the PATROL Agent is installed.

■ If you want to manually load PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server by using the console, load the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server files on the computer where your PATROL console resides.

Loading .km files

Follow the instructions that apply to your console.

To load .km files with PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition

1 On the Common Tasks tab of the taskpad, click the Load Knowledge Modules icon.

PATROL Central - Microsoft Windows Edition displays the wizard.

2 Click Next to start the wizard.

The wizard lists each computer on which a PATROL Agent has been installed.

3 Select the check boxes for the computers on which you want to load KMs, and click Next.

The wizard displays a list of available .kml files for each computer selected in the previous step. The MSSQL_SERVER.kml file is listed once for each computer.

4 Select the check boxes for each MSSQL_SERVER.kml and computer pair that you want to load.

5 Click Next and click Finish.

PATROL loads PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the selected computers.

To load .km files with PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition

1 From the Monitored Systems page, click the Load/Unload KMs button.

The Load KMs page opens, listing each computer on which a PATROL Agent has been installed.

2 Select the computers on which you want to load KMs, and click Next.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 65

Page 66: SQL SVR KM

Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

The Load KMs page displays a list of available .km and .kml files. If you selected more than one computer, the only .kml files that are listed are the ones that have been installed on all of the selected computers. If a particular .kml file was installed only on one computer, you must choose that computer by itself to load the file.

3 Select the MSSQL_SERVER.kml file and click Finish.

PATROL loads PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the selected computers.

To load .km files with the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows – Developer

1 From the PATROL Console for Windows menu bar, choose File => Load KM.

The Load KMs dialog box displays a list of available .kml files.

2 Select the MSSQL_SERVER.kml file, and click Open.

PATROL loads PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on all of the computers listed under PATROLMainMap.

To load .km files with the PATROL Console for UNIX – Developer

1 From the PATROL Console for UNIX menu bar, choose File => Load KM.

The Load KMs dialog box displays a list of available .kml files.

2 Select the MSSQL_SERVER.kml file and click Open.

PATROL loads PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on all of the computers to which your console is connected.

Unloading .km files

If you no longer want to use an application class, you can unload its .km file so that the application class no longer appears in the console. In some consoles, unloading is referred to as deleting. When you unload or delete a .km file using a console, the file is not deleted from the patrol\knowledge directories on the PATROL console or the PATROL Agent computers.

NOTE If you want to load a .km or .kml file that was not listed in Step 2, ensure that the KM is installed on the appropriate computer and select only that computer in Step 2.

66 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 67: SQL SVR KM

Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

To unload .km files with PATROL Central Operator – Microsoft Windows Edition

1 On the Common Tasks tab of the taskpad, click the Unload Knowledge Modules icon.

2 Click Next to start the wizard.

The wizard lists each computer on which a PATROL Agent has been installed.

3 Select the check boxes for the computers from which you want to unload .km files, and click Next.

The wizard displays a list of application class names (that correspond to .km file names) for each computer selected.

4 Select the check boxes for the .km and computer pair that you want to unload, and click Next and then click Finish.

The console removes the selected .km files from the current management profile.

To unload .km files with PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition

1 From the Managed Systems page, click the Load/Unload KMs button.

The Load KMs page opens, listing each computer on which a PATROL Agent has been installed.

2 Select the computers from which you want to unload .km files, and click Next.

The Load KMs page displays a list of .km files. Currently loaded .km files are highlighted in the list.

3 Cancel the selection of the .km files that you want to unload and click Finish.

The console removes the .km files that you specified. These .km files will no longer be in the current management profile.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 67

Page 68: SQL SVR KM

Loading and unloading PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

To unload .km files with the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows – Developer

Unloading a KM is referred to as deleting a KM in the PATROL Console for Windows.

1 From the KM tab of the tree view, right-click the application class name that you want to delete and choose Delete from the pop-up menu.

The console displays a dialog box that asks if you want to delete the selected application.

2 Click Yes to delete the application class.

The application class is removed from your cache directory and your console session file.

3 Repeat step 1 and step 2 until you have deleted all of the application classes associated with the KM that you want to delete.

4 From the console menu bar, choose File => Save KM to save your changes.

If you do not save your changes, the .km files will reload the next time you start the console.

To unload .km files with the PATROL Console for UNIX – Developer

Unloading a KM is referred to as deleting a KM in the PATROL Console for UNIX.

1 From the PATROL Main window, choose Attributes => Application Classes.

The console displays the List of Application Classes window.

2 Click the name of the application class that you want to delete.

The console highlights the application class name.

3 From the List of Application Classes menu bar, choose Edit => Delete.

The application class is removed from your cache directory and your console session file. The PATROL Console for UNIX removes the application class name from the List of Application Classes.

4 Repeat step 2 and step 3 until you have deleted all of the application classes associated with the KM that you want to delete.

68 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 69: SQL SVR KM

Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online

5 From the List of Application Classes menu bar, choose File => Save KM to save your changes.

If you do not save your changes, the .km files will reload the next time you start the console.

Saving the changes

Saving the changes that you made to the PATROL console setup ensures that

■ the .km files that you loaded into the PATROL console are reloaded into the console each time that you start the console.

■ the .km files that you unloaded are not reloaded into the PATROL console the next time that you start the console.

To save changes to the PATROL console

In the PATROL console menu bar, choose File => Save KM.

The changes that you made to the console when loading and unloading .km file are saved in the console cache file.

Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online

This section describes which application icons should appear and where they appear, and which application icons do not appear automatically, and where those applications appear when they are enabled or set up.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 69

Page 70: SQL SVR KM

Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online

The following PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server application class instance icons appear by default:

■ MSSQL_SERVER■ MSSQL_SERVER_AVAILABILITY■ MSSQL_SERVER_CACHE■ MSSQL_SERVER_CAPACITY■ MSSQL_SERVER_COLLECTORS■ MSSQL_SERVER_DB■ MSSQL_SERVER_DISK■ MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG■ MSSQL_SERVER_LOCKS■ MSSQL_SERVER_NETWORK■ MSSQL_SERVER_PERFORMANCE■ MSSQL_SERVER_PROC_CACHE■ MSSQL_SERVER_SQLSERVER_SETUP■ MSSQL_SERVER_USER_DEF_CNTRS

The following PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server application class instance icons do not appear by default:

■ MSSQL_SERVER_FILE■ MSSQL_SERVER_FILEGROUP■ MSSQL_SERVER_PUBLISHED■ MSSQL_SERVER_SUBSCRIBERS ■ MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECT ■ MSSQL_SERVER_USERS

The following PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server application classes are not represented by icons:

■ MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN application■ MSSQL_SERVER_ LOGIN_MGMT application

70 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 71: SQL SVR KM

Verifying that the SQL Server is discovered and online

To verify that the objects are discovered

1 Double-click the PatrolMainMap to open the window that contains the MSSQL_SERVER application instance icon.

2 Double-click on the MSSQL_SERVER application instance icon to open the window that contains the application icons as shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6 Computer, SQL Server, and application icons

The MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG application icons appear under the MSSQL_SERVER icon when you have enabled error log monitoring. See “Error log monitoring” on page 81 and “Monitoring error logs” on page 124.

The MSSQL_SERVER_SUBSCRIBERS and MSSQL_SERVER_ PUBLISHED application instance icons appear under the MSSQL_SERVER icon when you have replication defined and enabled. See “Replication monitoring” on page 82 and “Monitoring replication” on page 135.

The MSSQL_SERVER_USERS application instance icons appear under the MSSQL_SERVER icon when you change the default settings for user monitoring. See “User and process monitoring” on page 83 and “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

3 Double-click on the MSSQL_SERVER_DB application icon to open a window that contains a MSSQL_SERVER_DB application instance icon for each database discovered for the SQL Server instance, as shown in Figure 7.

Computer icon MSSQL_SERVER application icon

MSSQL_SERVER_DB application icon

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 71

Page 72: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server

Figure 7 Database application instance icons

The name of the database the MSSQL_SERVER_DB application instance represents displays under each Database instance icon.

The MSSQL_SERVER_FILE and MSSQL_SERVER_FILEGROUP application instance icons appear under the MSSQL_SERVER_DB application instance icon when you enable file and file group monitoring. See “File and file group monitoring” on page 82 and “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133.

The MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECT application instance icons appear under the MSSQL_SERVER_DB application icon when you select an object to monitor. See “Object monitoring” on page 82 and “Monitoring objects” on page 134.

If the appropriate icons do not appear after two to three minutes, right-click the server icon and choose Show System Output Window.

Configuring a SQL Server

This section describes how to configure a SQL Server by supplying information about it. See “Verifying installation requirements” on page 34. PATROL records the information provided in the PATROL Agent configuration database.

This section contains the following tasks:

■ open the SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box ■ configure the login used by PATROL that has system administrator privileges ■ configure the login used by PATROL that has user privileges ■ verify the accounts and close the dialog box

72 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 73: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server

Before you begin

These tasks assume that you have completed the following tasks:

■ loaded PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server■ verified that the SQL Server instance is discovered and online

To open the SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box

Choose KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Instance Setup from the Server application pop-up menu.

The SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 8 on page 74.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 73

Page 74: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server

Figure 8 SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server automatically detects the security mode of the SQL Server and displays only the appropriate radio buttons in the SQL Server Instance dialog box shown in Figure 8.

■ If the SQL Server is configured for integrated security, only the Integrated radio button is displayed.

■ If the SQL Server is configured for standard security, only the Standard radio button is displayed.

■ If the SQL Server is configured for mixed security, both the Standard and the Integrated radio buttons are displayed.

74 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 75: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server

In the top half of the SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box is where you configure the login that PATROL uses for those functions that require a System Administrator (SA) privilege.

In the bottom half of this dialog box, you configure the login that PATROL uses for those functions that require User privileges.

For more information, see “Verifying installation requirements” on page 34.

To configure the login used by PATROL that has system administrator privileges

1 If your SQL Server is configured for mixed security, click either Standard or Integrated as the security mode to use with this login.

2 Enter the user name for the system administrator (sa) account that PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server needs to monitor your Microsoft SQL Server installation.

3 Enter and reenter the password for the sa account.

4 If you chose Integrated security for the sa account:

■ Click Yes in the Grant admin. privilege to this login? field if the Windows login account you entered in Step 3 does not already have the required sa privilege.

■ Click No in the Grant admin. privilege to this login? field if the specified Windows login account you entered in Step 3 already has the sa privilege.

To configure the login used by PATROL that has user privileges

1 If your SQL Server is configured for mixed security, click either Standard or Integrated in the Security mode to use with this login field.

2 Enter the user name for the PATROL account that PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server needs to monitor your Microsoft SQL Server installation.

3 Enter and reenter the password for the PATROL account.

NOTE If you chose Integrated security, you must enter a valid Windows login account (see Figure 8 on page 74).

NOTE If you chose Integrated security, the PATROL account must be a valid Windows login account.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 75

Page 76: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password

4 If you chose Integrated security for the sa account:

■ If the specified sa account does not have the system administrator privilege, click Yes in the Grant login to MS SQL Server? field.

■ If the specified sa account already has the system administrator privilege, click No in the Grant login to MS SQL Server? field.

5 To select whether you want PATROL to add a SQL Server login ID for the PATROL account, click Yes or No in the Add this login to MS SQL Server? field.

If you chose Standard security for the PATROL account in Step1, and if you clicked No in Step 5, you must have already added a SQL Server login ID for the PATROL account.

If you chose Integrated security for the PATROL account in Step 1, and if you clicked No in Step 4, the PATROL account automatically maps to the default login account that you specified when you configured the SQL Server security options. In addition, PATROL is only able to monitor the databases that use that default login account.

To verify the accounts and close the dialog box

1 To verify whether the accounts are correct, display a confirmation message, and keep the dialog box open, click Verify.

2 To close the dialog box, click Done.

If the accounts are incorrect, a message is displayed and the dialog box stays open.

Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password

You can configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to monitor SQL Server instances without the sa password. The configuration uses the privileged login to add stored procedures and to add the monitoring user to the monitored databases. After the configuration, the sa user name is stored in the pconfig file but the password is not stored in the pconfig file. This configuration sets the value of the /MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/GENUSERFLAG variable to 1.

In the SQL Config Setup dialog box, the top section is used by a SQL Server login or Windows user with SQL Server admin privileges. The bottom section is used by a SQL Server login or Windows user with SQL Server user privileges, who is defined as a monitoring user.

76 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 77: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password

Table 5 lists the configuration status of the authentication mode used in the SQL Config Setup dialog box.

To configure a SQL Server using the standard security mode for the SQL Server admin and user logins

1 Open the SQL Config Setup dialog box by choosing KM Commands => KM Admin => SQL Config Set up.

2 In the Security mode to use with this login check box, select Standard.

3 Enter the SQL Server login name and password of the login who has admin privileges.

4 In the Login used by Patrol for SQL KM Monitoring section, select Standard.

5 Enter the login name and password to use for general user monitoring.

If the login does not exist in the SQL Server, it will be created.

6 Click Verify.

A confirmation message is shown.

NOTE After you execute the KM Commands => KM Admin => SQL Config Set up menu command, the following message is displayed for a limited time in the system output window:

close: bad channel number.

You can ignore this message.

Table 5 SQL Server Config Setup authentication mode

Admin login mode used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

User login mode used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Standarda

a refers to a SQL Server login

Integratedb

b refers to a Windows user

Standardc

c refers to a SQL Server login with admin privileges

configured not supported

Integratedd

d refers to a Windows user with SQL Server admin privileges

configured configured

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 77

Page 78: SQL SVR KM

Configuring a SQL Server instance without an sa password

7 Click DONE to exit.

The selected server instance is configured for the standard security mode for the SQL Server login.

To configure a SQL Server using the integrated security mode for the SQL Server admin and user logins

1 Open the SQL Config Setup dialog box by choosing KM Commands => KM Admin => SQL Config Set up.

2 In the Security mode to use with this login check box, select Integrated.

3 Enter the Windows user name and password for the user who has SQL Server admin privileges.

4 In the Login used by Patrol for SQL KM Monitoring section, select Integrated.

5 Enter the Windows user name and password for the user who has SQL Server user privileges.

If the Windows user has not been registered in the SQL Server, it will be registered.

6 Click Verify.

A confirmation message is shown.

7 Click DONE to exit.

The selected server instance is configured for the integrated security mode for the Windows user.

To configure a SQL Server using the integrated security mode for the SQL Server admin login and standard security mode for the user login

1 Open the SQL Config Setup dialog box by choosing KM Commands => KM Admin => SQL Config Set up.

2 In the Security mode to use with this login check box, select Integrated.

3 Enter the Windows user name and password for the user who has SQL Server admin privileges.

4 In the Login used by Patrol for SQL KM Monitoring section, select Standard.

5 Enter the login name and password for general user monitoring.

78 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 79: SQL SVR KM

Accelerating discovery and reviewing error messages

If the login does not exist in the SQL Server, it will be created.

6 Click Verify.

A confirmation message is shown.

7 Click DONE to exit.

The selected server instance is configured for the standard security mode for the SQL Server login.

To configure a SQL Server using the standard security mode for the SQL Server admin login and integrated security mode for the user login

The combination of using the admin login with standard security mode and the user login with integrated security mode is not supported. If you try to configure the SQL Server instance in this way, the CheckConfiguration parameter goes into an alarm state, and you cannot configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server for general user monitoring.

If you want to use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server in this security combination, use the KM Commands => KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Instance Setup menu command to configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. This configuration stores the SQL Server admin login password information in the pconfig file and disables the general user monitoring mode.

Accelerating discovery and reviewing error messages

This section is optional and it assumes that you have the PATROL for Windows KM installed. It describes how you can accelerate discovery, refresh parameters, and review any error messages, if any, from the PATROL console.

To trigger application discovery

From the pop-up menu accessed from the PATROL_NT Agent icon, choose KM Commands => Trigger Agent Activities => Perform Application Discovery.

You can also perform this task from the Host icon.

Right-click on the Host icon and from the KM Commands, choose the PATROL => Force Discovery menu command.

Discovery takes place immediately.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 79

Page 80: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing the default settings

To refresh parameters

From the pop-up menu accessed from the Server application instance, choose KM Admin => Refresh Parameters.

Within one application discovery cycle (approximately 40 seconds), most of the discovered objects (instances) should change to the online state. The Database application discovery might take longer, based on the number of databases that are monitored.

To review error messages

From the pop-up menu accessed from the computer icon in the PatrolMainMap window, choose Show System Output Window.

The system output log displays in the System Output Window. Refer to the PATROL user guide for your operating system for more information.

Reviewing the default settingsPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides default settings for the following monitoring options and parameters:

■ SQL Server Agent monitoring(see page 81)■ error log monitoring (see page 81)■ database monitoring (see page 81)■ object monitoring (see page 82)■ file and file group monitoring (see page 82)■ replication monitoring (see page 82)■ user and process monitoring (see page 83)■ parameter defaults (see page 84)

80 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 81: SQL SVR KM

SQL Server Agent monitoring

SQL Server Agent monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor the SQL Server Agent.

Use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu from the Server application pop-up menu to enable the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent.

For more information about monitoring the SQL Server Agent, see “Monitoring SQL Server Agent” on page 121. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Error log monitoring

Error Log application monitoring is disabled by default. Use the KM Commands => KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command to enable monitoring of the SQL Server Agent, SQL Server Agent error logs and the SQL Server error logs. Once monitoring is enabled for error logs, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses a filter to capture the SQL Server error messages that contain the character strings that you enter by using the Setup Error Log String Monitoring menu command from the Error Log application instance.

For more information, see “Monitoring error logs” on page 124. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Database monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server automatically monitors all databases and creates a Database application instance for each database that resides on the SQL Server. You can change the default at any time and specify only certain databases to monitor.

Use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Set DB Auto Discovery menu command from the Server application pop-up menu to change the default settings for monitoring databases. You can also use this command to exclude databases from monitoring.

NOTE PATROL does not monitor databases that contain unsupported characters or databases that it cannot access.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 81

Page 82: SQL SVR KM

Object monitoring

For more information, see “Monitoring databases” on page 129. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Object monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor individual database objects (user tables and indexes). You can manually set up individual user tables or indexes to monitor. When you specify a monitored object, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server creates an Object application instance for that object.

Use the KM Admin => Object Space Monitor command from the Server application pop-up menu to specify the database objects you want to monitor.

For more information, see “Monitoring objects” on page 134. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

File and file group monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor files and file groups. You must enable file and file group monitoring using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu from the Server application pop-up menu.

For more information, see “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133. For step-by-step instructions, refer to the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Replication monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor published articles and SQL Servers that are subscribing to those articles. Subscribers and Published application instances appear only when the following conditions exist:

■ You have enabled the monitoring of replication.■ The SQL Server you are monitoring is configured for replication.■ The current SQL Server is configured as the distribution server.

NOTE PATROL does not allow you to create published articles or subscribers. You can create published articles and subscribers from the SQL Server Enterprise Manager sql.

82 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 83: SQL SVR KM

User and process monitoring

Use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu to enable the monitoring of replication.

For more information, see “Monitoring replication” on page 135. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

User and process monitoring

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not create Users application instances. It does automatically monitor and create reports to let you know when user processes are causing the following problems:

■ Processes are blocking other processes (blocker processes).■ Processes are idle.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server allows you to select a specific user or process for monitoring, and it then creates a Users application instance for the specific users or processes that you select. You can also change the automatic monitoring setup and exclude specific users from monitoring.

To change the default settings for user and process monitoring, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin commands from the Server application pop-up menu.

For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137. For step-by-step instructions, refer to the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Blocking and idle processes

A blocking process holds locks and blocks other users for at least the minimum amount of time configured (blocked detection time). The default is three minutes. Blocking processes are reported by the BlockerProcs parameter, which goes into an alarm state and displays information in a task output window (the problem alert methods).

An idle process is one that has not been accumulating resources for at least the minimum amount of time configured (idle detection time). The default is 20 minutes. Idle processes are reported by the IdleProcs parameter, which goes into an alarm state and displays information in a task output window.

You can change the default blocked detection time or the default idle detection time for all users and the default problem alert methods for all users by choosing the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring command from the Server application pop-up menu.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 83

Page 84: SQL SVR KM

Parameter defaults

You can change the default blocked detection time or the default idle detection time for an individual user by choosing the Change Local Defaults command from the User application pop-up menu.

You can also exclude a user from automatic monitoring of blocked processes or idle processes, respectively, by choosing one of the following commands from the Server application popup menu.

■ KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User from monitoring of Blocked Processes

■ KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User from monitoring of Idle Processes

Parameter defaults

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server ships all of its parameters in the active mode.

The active or inactive setting is just one of many property definition defaults contained in the Parameter Properties dialog box. PATROL also provides default automatic recovery actions for key parameters.

Property definition defaults

Parameter definition defaults include the command type, parameter type, icon type, polling time (scheduling), history retention period, and alarm ranges.

To view a table that contains the defaults for all PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters, refer to Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”or refer to the online Help for that parameter.

For detailed instructions about changing default values, refer to the PATROL user guide for your console.

Failover parameter alarm shipped inactive

The Failover parameter is shipped with the alarm inactive. To activate this alarm, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup. For more on the Failover parameter, see “In a clustered environment” on page 91.

NOTE By default, the sa, probe, repl_publisher, and repl_subscriber logins are excluded from the Auto User Monitoring feature.

84 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 85: SQL SVR KM

Setting up PATROL in a clustered environment

Automated recovery action (ARA) defaults

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is set up to automatically perform the following actions when any of several key parameters go into a warning or an alarm state:

■ execute an external recovery script ara_MSSQL.cmd

■ annotate the parameter warning or alarm■ trigger an event in the PATROL Event Manager (PEM)

You can change these defaults at any time.

For more information about automated recovery actions, see “Using automatic recovery actions” on page 149.

Setting up PATROL in a clustered environmentYou can set up and configure a Microsoft SQL Server cluster for monitoring by PATROL in the following ways:

■ by using a virtual PATROL Agent■ by using node-level PATROL Agents

For instructions on how to determine which method you should use and how to set up your Microsoft SQL Server cluster for monitoring, see the following topics:

■ “Determining how you should configure a cluster” on page 86■ “Monitoring a cluster by using a virtual PATROL Agent” on page 87■ “Installing and configuring a cluster with a virtual PATROL Agent” on page 87■ “Monitoring a cluster by using a PATROL Agent on each node” on page 89■ “Installing and configuring a node-level cluster” on page 89■ “Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events” on

page 90

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 85

Page 86: SQL SVR KM

Determining how you should configure a cluster

Determining how you should configure a cluster

Before you begin installing the product in a clustered environment, decide which of the supported configurations shown in Table 6 you should use to monitor your clustered environment.

Table 6 Supported configurations for a clustered environment

Configuration Advantage Disadvantage

virtual PATROL Agent—use the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard to add the PATROL Agent resource to the cluster group(s) that contains the SQL Servers you want to monitor

■ You do not need to configure the SQL Server instances on each cluster node. Instead, you configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the active nodes (that is, the virtual SQL Server).

■ Parameter history and configuration settings are stored on a shared drive and are, therefore, available after failover.

■ the Failover parameter is available in this environment.

■ Only SQL Server instances belonging to the same cluster resource group as the virtual PATROL Agent are discovered.

You must run a virtual PATROL Agent on each cluster resource group that has a SQL Server to monitor.

PATROL Agent—run independent PATROL Agents on each cluster node

■ Only one PATROL Agent runs on each node.

Because PATROL configuration data and parameter history data are not shared between the PATROL Agents on the cluster nodes, the following disadvantages apply:

■ You must configure each SQL Server to which the instance can fail over.

■ You cannot view parameter history that was collected on another cluster node.

86 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 87: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring a cluster by using a virtual PATROL Agent

Monitoring a cluster by using a virtual PATROL Agent

BMC recommends that you use a virtual PATROL Agent to monitor your clustered environment. In a virtual PATROL Agent configuration, you install a virtual PATROL Agent as a resource for each cluster group that contains a SQL Server you want to monitor. You install a virtual PATROL Agent using the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard, which is a component of the PATROL for Microsoft Windows Servers product (versions 2.1 and higher). The PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard sets the PATROL Agent environment variables that make the history data and configuration settings available upon failover.

If you do not have the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard installed, install it from your PATROL for Microsoft Windows Servers CD. If you do not have a product CD, but you have a license for the product and a user name and password provided by your sales representative, you can download PATROL for Microsoft Windows and the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard from the BMC Software website at http://www.bmc.com/ega.

For complete instructions on how to use the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard, see the PATROL for Microsoft Windows Servers Clustering Getting Started manual. This manual is available from the PATROL for Microsoft Windows Servers documentation CD or from the BMC Software website: http://www.bmc.com/ega. You will need a license and the user name and password provided to you by your sales representative.

Installing and configuring a cluster with a virtual PATROL Agent

Using the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard, you can specify the following properties of a clustered PATROL Agent:

■ PATROL Agent resources■ communication port for the PATROL Agent■ location to save history and configuration files

In order to configure PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server in a clustered environment you need the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard. The PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard is used to make the PATROL Agent service a clustered resource. This provides the PATROL Agent the ability to failover between nodes while keeping its configuration and history intact.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 87

Page 88: SQL SVR KM

Installing and configuring a cluster with a virtual PATROL Agent

To use the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard

1 Create a domain PATROL account with local administrator rights on all SQL Server nodes in the cluster on which PATROL is installed:

2 Using the PATROL account created in step 1, install the following products on each SQL Server cluster node:

■ PATROL Agent■ PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server■ PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard

3 Identify the SQL Server cluster groups into which you want to install a virtual PATROL Agent. These groups must contain the following resources:

■ physical disk to store history and configuration data—preferably a standard cluster-shared disk.

■ IP address—so that the virtual PATROL Agent can run from any node, even if that node does not own the cluster IP address.

■ network name—a name the virtual PATROL Agent uses to refer to the resources PATROL will monitor. Thus, the resources can failover to a node.

4 On each cluster node, run the PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard. To start the wizard, use one of the following methods:

■ from command prompt, type pcc.exe

■ select Start => Programs => BMC PATROL => PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard.

This process involves adding the virtual PATROL Agent to the Disk Group that contains the Virtual SQL Server default and named instances that is, sql2k, sql2k\db1, sql2k\db2 etc. Each virtual PATROL Agent must be configured with a unique port number.

For information about how the PATROL Agent supports an application in a cluster environment and what type of failover tolerance it provides, see the PATROL Agent Reference Manual. See your Microsoft SQL Server documentation for details about SQL Servers, clustering, and failovers.

88 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 89: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring a cluster by using a PATROL Agent on each node

Monitoring a cluster by using a PATROL Agent on each node

In a PATROL Agent (node-level) configuration, you install a PATROL Agent on each cluster node. These agents run independently and are not part of a cluster resource group. Neither PATROL history data nor configuration settings are accessible by the other nodes in a cluster upon failover.

Because PATROL does not share the Agent configuration information between nodes, you must set up and configure each SQL Server instance on the physical PATROL Agents on the cluster nodes to which it can failover. This requires that you fail over each SQL Server to each of the physical PATROL Agents to which it can failover.

Installing and configuring a node-level cluster

Use this procedure to configure each SQL Server in a clustered environment that you are monitoring using a PATROL Agent at the node-level.

1 Install a PATROL Agent and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on each node in the cluster.

2 Start SQL_SERVER_A on node SERVER_ONE.

3 Connect the PATROL console to node SERVER_ONE.

4 Configure the SQL Server name for SQL_SERVER_A by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Name Used By PATROL command, from the SQL Server application pop-up menu. In the dialog box, enter the SQL server name in the form of <Virtual server name>\SQL_SERVER_A.

5 Configure the username and password entries for SQL_SERVER_A using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Instance Setup command from the SQL Server application pop-up menu.

6 Fail over SQL_SERVER_A to the next node in the cluster (SERVER_TWO). (See your SQL Server cluster administration documentation for instructions on how to fail over the SQL Server.)

NOTE You might want to perform this setup during regularly scheduled maintenance.

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 89

Page 90: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events

7 Connect the PATROL console to node SERVER_TWO and repeat steps 4, 5, and 6, and then repeat the process for all other nodes to which the SQL Server is configured to failover.

8 Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each SQL Server in the cluster.

With this configuration, SQL Server icons display as follows:

■ If a cluster node owns the SQL Server resource group and the SQL Server is running, the SQL Server icon appears in online mode.

■ If a cluster node owns the SQL Server resource group and the SQL Server is not running, the SQL Server icon appears in offline mode.

■ If a cluster node does not own the SQL Server resource group, the SQL Server icon does not appear.

Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events

The following topics compare and describe how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server reacts to a SQL Server going down or coming online when it is not in a clustered environment and when it is in a clustered environment.

If a SQL Server goes down

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs differently in a clustered environment than in a non-clustered environment when a SQL Server goes down or is taken offline.

In a non-clustered environment

When a SQL Server goes down in a non-clustered environment, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs as follows:

1. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovery determines that the SQL Server is down.

2. The SQLServerStatus parameter (under the MSSQL_SERVER_ AVAILABILITY application) is updated by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovery and goes into alarm.

90 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 91: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events

3. After 5 seconds, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server puts the SQL Server instance in an offline mode. (The 5-second delay allows the recovery action for the SQLServerStatus parameter to complete.)

In a clustered environment

When a SQL Server resource group fails over from the current SQL Server to another SQL Server in the cluster, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs as follows:

1. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovery determines that the current SQL Server is down.

2. If you are using a PATROL Agent to monitor at the node-level, PATROL discovers the other SQL Server during full discovery and creates an instance for that SQL Server in the same way that PATROL discovers and creates an instance for a SQL Server in a non-clustered environment.

3. If you are monitoring a virtual PATROL Agent, the following occurs:

A. The virtual PATROL Agent also fails over. Once the virtual PATROL Agent discovers on another node, by default the Failover parameter is set to 1 and is annotated with information about the node that failed.

You can configure the Failover parameter to alarm by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup. If configured to alarm, the Failover parameter is set to 2 when the virtual PATROL Agent discovers on another node. The Failover parameter is only available from SQL Servers that are monitored using a virtual PATROL Agent.

B. The SQLServerStatus parameter (under the MSSQL_SERVER_ AVAILABILITY application icon) is updated by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovery and goes into alarm.

C. After five seconds, PATROL puts the SQL Server instance in an offline mode. (The five-second delay allows the recovery action for the SQLServerStatus parameter to complete.)

D. The SQL Server instance is deleted (only in full discovery).

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 91

Page 92: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing how PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server handles clustering events

If a SQL Server comes online

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs differently in a clustered environment than in a non-clustered environment when a SQL Server comes online.

In a non-clustered environment

When a SQL Server comes up or is brought online (it does not fail over from another cluster node), PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs as follows:

1. If no application instance exists for this SQL Server, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server creates one. This occurs during full discovery.

2. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server changes the application instance to an online mode.

In a clustered environment

When a SQL Server fails over from another node in the cluster to the current node in the cluster, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs as follows:

■ If you are using a PATROL Agent to monitor at the node-level, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server discovers the SQL Server during full discovery and creates an instance for that SQL Server in the same way that PATROL discovers and creates an instance for a SQL Server in a non-clustered environment.

■ If you are using a virtual PATROL Agent to monitor, the virtual SQL Server instance you are monitoring goes offline and then comes back online. How long this take varies depending on your environment. It can take several minutes. You will not see the hardware failure that caused the failover, but once the failover is complete, you will see the Failover parameter. By default the Failover parameter is set to 1 and is annotated with information about the node that failed.

You can configure the Failover parameter to alarm by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup. If configured to alarm, the Failover parameter is set to 2 when the virtual PATROL Agent discovers on another node.

The Failover parameter is available only for SQL Servers that are monitored using a virtual PATROL Agent.

92 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 93: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

Where to go from hereNow that you have installed and configured PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, you might want to read Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” for an overview of the parameters, menu commands, and InfoBoxes provided by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and how to use those functions to monitor the SQL Servers in your environment.

The following table suggests topics that you should read next:

Topic Source of information

how to use PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to change configuration variables or parameter properties

Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server”

how to use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server functionality to monitor and manage SQL Servers

Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to access the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help”

definitions and default values for parameters

Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”

consumer and collector parameter dependencies

Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”

PATROL Agent configuration variables Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables”

detailed descriptions of the applications, menu commands, parameters, and InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

Chapter 3 Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 93

Page 94: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

94 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 95: SQL SVR KM

C h a p t e r 4

4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

This chapter presents the following topics:

Overview of PATROL Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Saving backups in PATROL Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Configuring for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Do not deactivate application classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Do not modify configuration variables that are for internal use only. . . . . . . . . . 99Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances . . . . . . . . 100Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Deactivating parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Changing parameter thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Changing parameter polling cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Modifying parameter properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Verifying changes to configuration variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Where to go from here. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 95

Page 96: SQL SVR KM

Overview of PATROL Configuration Manager

Overview of PATROL Configuration ManagerThe PATROL Configuration Manager is used by PATROL administrators, system administrators, and database administrators to define rules and rule sets that manage configuration variables for PATROL Agents on multiple hosts. Using the PATROL Configuration Manager to customize the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server product gives you the following advantages:

■ You can maintain customizations outside PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, which makes upgrading easier.

■ You can create different rules and rule sets files for each computer or for different purposes, which enables you to create customizations that are specific to a computer or to a group of computers.

This chapter assumes that you have successfully installed and configured the following products:

■ PATROL Configuration Manager ■ PATROL Knowledge Module (KM) for Event Management

This chapter also assumes that you know how to operate PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL KM for Event Management.

However, before using PATROL Configuration Manager to change the configuration of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, BMC Software recommends that you ensure that PATROL Configuration Manager is set up to save or backup the configuration. See “Saving backups in PATROL Configuration Manager” on page 97.

The general requirements for installing PATROL Configuration Manager and the PATROL KM for Event Management are set out in the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide. For more information about general requirements for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, see “Verifying installation requirements” on page 34.

96 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 97: SQL SVR KM

Saving backups in PATROL Configuration Manager

Saving backups in PATROL Configuration Manager

Before making any changes to PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, BMC Software recommends that you check the configuration settings in PATROL Configuration Manager to ensure that the Save Backup Before Apply archive option is selected.

This option is set as the default during configuration of PATROL Configuration Manager, and it appears as an option in other PATROL Configuration Manager dialog boxes as well. Ensure that it remains selected as the backup option.

To select the backup option in PATROL Configuration Manager

1 From the main menu, choose File => Configure to open the Configuration dialog box.

2 Click the Archives tab to open the Backup Settings.

3 Ensure that Save Backup Before Apply is selected.

4 Click OK to save the settings and close the dialog box.

Configuring for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

You must configure each PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instance separately using the Instance Configure menu command. For more information, see Chapter 3, “Configuring PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.” You cannot use PATROL Configuration Manager to perform the initial configuration of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances. You can use PATROL Configuration Manager only to modify instances that were previously configured.

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 97

Page 98: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

You can modify an instance by either changing the rules and rulesets in PATROL Configuration Manager or by changing the configuration variables through menu commands in an instance. However, you cannot change the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server configuration variables and application classes that are discussed in the following topics:

■ “Do not deactivate application classes” on page 99■ “Do not modify configuration variables that are for internal use only” on page 99

When you modify an instance by changing the rules and rulesets in PATROL Configuration Manager, no validations are performed, but PATROL Configuration Manager allows you to easily export those changes to many other instances. To take advantage of the validations performed by the KM and the deployment capabilities of PATROL Configuration Manager, BMC Software recommends using the following process for modifying SQL Server instances:

■ Make changes in one instance by using the menu commands.

■ Test the changes in that instance to ensure that the changes operate as expected.

■ Export the modified variables to PATROL Configuration Manager, where they are known as rules and rulesets.

■ Deploy the modified variables or rules and rulesets to other instances through the PATROL Configuration Manager.

The following procedure shows you how you can modify SQL Server instances by using this process: “Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances” on page 100.

There are some pconfig variables that do not appear automatically. You must enter these variables manually. Also, if you plan to modify variables manually, see the following procedure: “Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually” on page 102.

Whether you modify an instance by changing rules and rulesets in PATROL Configuration Manager or by changing the configuration variables in an instance, you must use the proper values or the change does not take effect. The following topics provide information about how to change the configuration variables or rules for blackout periods and automatic recovery actions.

■ “Modifying the blackout configuration variable” on page 103■ “Modifying the automatic recovery action variable” on page 103

98 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 99: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

For a complete list of the PATROL configuration variables and the strings that they generate, see Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables.” For more detailed descriptions of the parameters, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Do not deactivate application classes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server requires the presence of all of the application classes. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses the change_state command each time an application is created, and each time the SQL Server is stopped or started.

Therefore, ensure that all of the .km files that represent the application classes are loaded and active. You do not have to monitor all application classes, but all application classes must exist in the environment for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to operate correctly.

For more information on monitoring the application classes, see “Applications and icons” on page 20, “Reviewing the default settings” on page 80, Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,”and the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

For information about loading .km files, “Loading .km files” on page 65.

Do not modify configuration variables that are for internal use only

Some variables are created for internal use only. These variables are used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and alteration of these variables can harm the operation of PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Table 7 lists the configuration variables that are for internal use only, and that you should never delete or modify, whether through PATROL Configuration Manager or manually. If you do modify any of the these variables, you must restart the agent for the changes to take effect. For more infomation about these variables, see the PATROL Agent Reference Manual.

Table 7 Variables that are for internal use only (Part 1 of 2)

Configuration variable Description

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER.instance.OSdefaultAccount

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER.instance.OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 99

Page 100: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances

The following procedures use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server to modify a SQL Server instance and PATROL Configuration Manager to deploy the modifications to other SQL Server instances.

To modify an instance of SQL Server

1 In a PATROL Developer console, modify the configuration of one instance of SQL Server using the menu commands provided in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server until the instance meets all of your specifications.

2 Test the instance over a period of time to ensure that the modified instance performs to your satisfaction.

3 In PATROL Configuration Manager, right-click the agentHostName that contains the modified configuration.

4 In the menu for agentHostName, choose Configuration => Get.

The instance status is displayed in the Job Status Information dialog box. When the PATROL Configuration Manager completes the transfer of the configuration variables from the selected host, the line that represents the host turns green and OK is displayed in the Status field for the host.

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.instance.defaultAccount

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.instance.OSdefaultAccount

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.instance.OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files.

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.instance.defaultAccount

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.instance.OSdefaultAccount

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

/AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.instance.OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files

Table 7 Variables that are for internal use only (Part 2 of 2)

Configuration variable Description

100 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 101: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

The Configuration => Get command copies the pconfig variables from the instance, converts them into rules, and pastes them into the PATROL Configuration Manager in the following folder:

RuleSets\ChangeSpring\backup\agentHostName\instanceName\date-timestamp

Figure 9 on page 101 shows the Configuration => Get menu command in the left panel of PATROL Configuration Manager and an example of the rules that are displayed in the right panel after the Configuration => Get command finishes importing the configuration variables from the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instance. Each rule in PATROL Configuration Manager contains a configuration variable or properties for a parameter; a ruleset is the entire set of rules for an instance.

Figure 9 Configure => Get command in PATROL Configuration Manager

5 Select and copy all of the rules from the RuleSets\ChangeSpring\backup\agentHostName\instanceName\date-timestamp directory (use the one with the most recent timestamp at the bottom of the list).

6 In PATROL Configuration Manager, create a folder in the following directory: RuleSets\ChangeSpring

7 Highlight the new folder, and Paste the rules.

The rules are given a timestamp and placed into the new folder:

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 101

Page 102: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

RuleSets\ChangeSpring\newFolder\timestamp\

8 Drag and drop the new rule set on the agentHostName.

9 Click the Apply Changes icon in the PATROL Configuration Manager menu bar.

To deploy the configuration variables for a modified instance to other instances

Now that you have modified the configuration for the original instance, perform the following steps to distribute those same modifications to other instances.

1 Create a new folder under RuleSets\ChangeSpring.

2 Copy and paste the rules you created in “To modify an instance of SQL Server” on page 100 into this folder.

3 Right-click the timestamp under this new folder, select Edit > Source from the menu, and find and replace the SQL Server instance in the source with the name of the next agentHostName to which you want to apply the modified configuration.

4 Drag and drop this rule set on the agentHostName.

5 Click the Apply Changes icon in the PATROL Configuration Manager menu bar.

6 Repeat step 1 through step 4 for each agentHostName to which you want to apply the modified configuration.

Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually

If you choose not to use menu commands, or if the variables you want to use are not available through menu commands, you can add pconfig variables manually. However, you must enter valid values. The PATROL Configuration Manager does not verify or let you know when you enter an invalid entry. All of the variables and their valid values are listed in Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables.”

The following topics provide the values to enter for the blackout and automatic recovery action variables, and instructions on how to add pconfig variables manually using a PATROL Developer console.

102 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 103: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

Modifying the blackout configuration variable

Blackout periods set in PATROL Configuration Manager are not verified. To validate your changes you should set blackout periods for one instance by using the Blackout menu command, then use the output for that modified configuration in PATROL Configuration Manager to apply that blackout period to other instances. See “Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances” on page 100.

When you create a blackout period for an instance using the Blackout menu command from PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, the blackout information is stored in the /MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstance/blackout variable. If you want to modify this variable manually, use the following format:

serverName dayOfTheWeek startTime (in seconds after midnight) Duration (in minutes)

For example, if you set a server called SQLServer1 for a blackout period that takes place on Monday starting at 1:00 a.m. and lasting for 60 minutes, the following value would be displayed for the /MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstance/blackout variable: SQLServer1 Monday 3600 60.

For more information about the blackout feature in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, see “Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms” on page 146 and the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Modifying the automatic recovery action variable

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides a menu command that changes the variable that modifies the automatic recovery actions performed by a set of key parameters. For a complete list of those parameters and more information on the ARA settings, see “Using automatic recovery actions” on page 149.

The easiest and safest way to change this setting is to use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure => ARA Settings => Set Default Actions menu command to set the value of the variable in one instance, capture the modified configuration of that instance in PATROL Configuration Manager, and deploy the changed configuration, which is referred to as a ruleset in PATROL Configuration Manager, to any other instances to which you want the change applied. See “Modifying an instance and deploying the changes to other instances” on page 100.

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 103

Page 104: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

To calculate the value of the araAction variable manually

If you plan to modify the araAction variable manually, you must first decide which options you want to activate. The ARA variable (and menu settings) activate or deactivate the following options for the parameters that use the ARA settings:

■ Execute the ara_MSSQL.cmd script (active by default)■ Execute net send to specified Windows desktops■ Execute an SNMP trap (snmptrap command)■ Create an output file■ Annotate a parameter warning or alarm (active by default)■ Trigger an event in PATROL Event Manager (active by default)

Each option is given a value, and the value of the variable is the sum of the values for all of the options that are selected. Table 8 provides you with a list of the options and their values, and the value of the variable when the options marked with an X are selected. Find the row that contains an X below all of the options that you want to activate, and then use the value in the last column of that row as the value for the araAction variable.

Table 8 ARA options, their values, and the value of the araAction variable (Part 1 of 3)

Execute ara_MSSQL.cmd=1

Execute net send=2

Execute snmp trap=4

Create Output File=8

Annotate Parameteralert=16

Trigger Event in PEM=32

Value of variable

X 1

X 2

X X 3

X 4

X X 5

X X 6

X X X 7

X 8

X X 9

X X 10

X X X 11

X X 12

X X X 13

X X X 14

X X X X 15

X 16

X X 17

104 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 105: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

X X 18

X X X 19

X X 20

X X X 21

X X X 22

X X X X 23

X X 24

X X X 25

X X X 26

X X X X 27

X X X 28

X X X X 29

X X X X 30

X X X X X 31

X 32

X X 33

X X 34

X X X 35

X X 36

X X X 37

X X X 38

X X X X 39

X X 40

X X X 41

X X X 42

X X X X 43

X X X 44

X X X X 45

X X X X 46

X X X X X 47

X X 48

X X X 49

X X X 50

X X X X 51

X X X 52

Table 8 ARA options, their values, and the value of the araAction variable (Part 2 of 3)

Execute ara_MSSQL.cmd=1

Execute net send=2

Execute snmp trap=4

Create Output File=8

Annotate Parameteralert=16

Trigger Event in PEM=32

Value of variable

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 105

Page 106: SQL SVR KM

Modifying PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instances

Adding pconfig variables manually

There are some configuration variables that are not automatically available, and they are not activated through a menu command. You must enter these variables manually. You can add a pconfig variable by using a PATROL Developer console.

To add or modify a pconfig variable manually

1 Right-click on the host, and select Development => Agent Configuration.

2 From the main menu, select Edit => Add Variable. The Add Variable dialog box opens.

3 In the Variable: text box, after /MSSQLServer/, enter the SQL Server Instance name (if required) and then the variable. The following are examples of completed entries:

■ /MSSQLServer/Agent host name/idle_procs_monitoring_enabled■ /MSSQLServer/AgentHostName\\InstanceName/DBCC_PSS_Disabled■ /MSSQLServer/SQLServersExcludedFromDiscovery

4 In the Value: text box, enter the value you want to apply to the variable. For information about valid values, see Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables.”

5 To save the configuration variable you created, select File => Save.

X X X X 53

X X X X 54

X X X X X 55

X X X 56

X X X X 57

X X X X 58

X X X X X 59

X X X X 60

X X X X X 61

X X X X X 62

X X X X X X 63

Table 8 ARA options, their values, and the value of the araAction variable (Part 3 of 3)

Execute ara_MSSQL.cmd=1

Execute net send=2

Execute snmp trap=4

Create Output File=8

Annotate Parameteralert=16

Trigger Event in PEM=32

Value of variable

106 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 107: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

For instructions on how to add a variable or rule set using PATROL Configuration Manager, see the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide.

Trace output file written to the error Log

In some SQL Server configurations, the trace output file is written to the SQL Server error log file. When this occurs, the trace output is also includeded in the recovery action output for the following parameters:

■ CpuIdle■ CpuBusy■ CpuIoBusy■ LongRunningTrans

In PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, you can enter a pconfig variable that disables the retrieval of the SQL query text by the recovery actions used by the above parameters. For instructions, see “Adding pconfig variables manually” on page 106.

This pconfig appears as follows:

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName\\InstanceName/DBCC_PSS_Disabled

For information about valid values, see Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables.”

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

You can modify PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters by using the PATROL Configuration Manager or by using a PATROL Developer console to change the parameter properties in an instance. You can perform the following tasks:

■ deactivate paramaters■ change parameter polling cycles■ change parameter thresholds■ modify parameter properties

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 107

Page 108: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

However, you are restricted in the modifications that you can make to some PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters. These restrictions are described in the following topics:

■ “Parameters with their status set in code” on page 109■ “Do not change parameters that have fixed thresholds” on page 110

For a complete list of the parameters and their default values, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.” For more complete descriptions of the parameters, see the online Help for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

Deactivating parameters

To reduce the impact on your system resources and enhance performance, you can deactivate parameters that are not commonly needed. However, before deactivating a consumer parameter, consider the results:

■ The icon for the consumer parameter disappears and no data is collected or stored.

■ The collector parameter that sets the deactivated consumer parameter notates the System Output Window with an error each time that collector attempts to send information to the deactivated consumer parameter.

■ Some collector parameters might also set off recovery actions if it cannot find a deactivated consumer parameter.

Instead of disabling consumer parameters, consider the results that occur when you perform one of the following actions:

■ Disable only the alarms for a consumer parameter.

The collector parameter continues to send data to the consumer parameter, and the consumer parameter continues to provide a view and history for that data. However, no alarms or warnings are displayed and no recovery actions are triggered for that consumer parameter.

■ Deactivate a collector parameter.

The collector parameter stops collecting data for the consumer parameters it sets.

■ Deactivate monitoring of an application class.

No parameters are displayed for an application class that is not set up for monitoring. For information on how to set up monitoring for application classes, see Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

108 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 109: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Parameters with their status set in code

The status of the following parameters are set in the code. These internal status changes overwrite whatever changes are made through PATROL Configuration Manager.

■ RowCountEstimate, which is found under Objects application class instances, is deactivated by the ObjectSizeColl collector parameter when the Objects application class instance represents an index.

■ SQLAgentStatus, which is found under Availability application class instances, is set to inactive unless SQL Server Agent monitoring is enabled. SQL Server Agent monitoring is disabled by default. You can switch SQL Server Agent monitoring on and off using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command.

■ DeliveredCmdsPerSec and ReplicationCmdsPerSec are deactivated by the ReplicationColl collector parameter.

■ UserDefCounter1-10 is deactivated by the UserDefCountersColl collector parameter.

■ ErrorLog application parameters are activated and deactivated by the ErrorLogColl collector parameter.

Changing parameter polling cycles

Collector and standard parameters use queries to obtain data from a monitored server or database. The poll time assigned to a collector or standard parameter sets the interval between executions of the query used by the parameter. The default poll times set for collector and standard parameters in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server are calculated to collect sufficient data to appropriately monitor most systems.

If your system requires longer or shorter poll times, you can change poll times, but do so with the following cautions in mind:

■ Increasing poll times could cause you to receive notification of problems late.

■ Decreasing poll times increases the resources used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, which could lead to performance problems.

■ Poll times must exceed the amount of time it takes to execute the query and allow time for the parameter to parse and distribute the data obtained before it must resend the query. To avoid problems, use Debug to find the Query Execution Time before decreasing a poll time.

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 109

Page 110: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

To find the query execution time

To find out how long it takes a collector or standard parameter to execute a query, turn Debug on for that parameter. When the parameter completes a polling cycle, look at the Debug output and find the Total Execution Time. Execution times can vary, so make sure that you find the longest possible execution time by running Debug on your busiest system during your busiest time.

Changing parameter thresholds

Using the PATROL Configuration Manager, you can change the thresholds for most of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server ships with the parameters set at thresholds that are appropriate for those parameters in the average environment. You should make changes to the thresholds in one instance and then test the results in that instance before exporting those changes throughout your entire enterprise.

Do not change parameters that have fixed thresholds

Some PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server consumer parameters have thresholds that are not on a sliding scale, but are fixed at particular values because those values are directly connected to the KM. For example, all parameters that have a Boolean output are created to react only to a setting of 0 or 1.

Table 9 provides a list of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters that have fixed thresholds that you should not modify. For complete descriptions and default values for these parameters, see the online Help. For brief descriptions and default values for parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

WARNING Changing the poll time for a standard or collector parameter to an amount of time that is shorter than the amount of time it takes to complete the execution of the query used by that parameter can cause the parameter to go into an infinite loop, or other serious problems.

Table 9 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters with fixed thresholds

Application class Parameters

Availability ARATest

Failover

SQLServerStatus

Collectors ConfigUpdates

110 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 111: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

Modifying parameter properties

The following procedure for modifying parameters employs the strengths of the KM and PATROL Configuration Manager:

■ Make changes in one instance through the parameter property dialog boxes.■ Test the instance until satisfied that the changes operate as expected.■ Export the modified parameter changes to PATROL Configuration Manager.■ Deploy the modified parameter changes to other instances by using the PATROL

Configuration Manager.

This method takes advantage of the validations performed by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and gives you the opportunity to verify that the changes perform as expected before deploying those changes throughout your environment.

To modify parameter properties for an instance

1 Navigate to the parameter properties for the parameter you want to change:

■ In the PATROL Console for UNIX, click on Attributes and then on Application Classes to open a list of the application classes. Select an application class, then click on Attributes and then on Parameters to open the list of parameters provided by the selected application class.

■ In the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows, select the KM tree tab and expand the appropriate application class, then click Global and then on Parameters to open the list of parameters provided by the selected application class.

2 Right-click (Windows) or click (UNIX) on the parameter to access the parameter properties.

Error Log ErrorLogColl

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold

ErrorLogSizeThreshold

ErrorLogUpdates

Table 9 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters with fixed thresholds

Application class Parameters

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 111

Page 112: SQL SVR KM

Modifying parameters using PATROL Configuration Manager and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

3 To activate or deactivate a parameter, perform one of these actions:

■ (Windows) Select the General tab and select or deselect Active.■ (UNIX) Double-click the parameter and select or deselect Active.

4 To change the interval between polling cycles, perform one of these actions:

■ (Windows) Select the Scheduling tab and change the polling time.■ (UNIX) Click on the parameter and change the polling time.

5 To change the alarm thresholds or disable the alarms, perform one of these actions:

■ (Windows) Select the Border, Alarm1, and Alarm2 tabs, and make changes.■ (UNIX) Click on Alarm Ranges, and double-click Border, Alarm1, or Alarm2, and

make changes.

6 Save the configuration by selecting File => Save Configuration.

7 Test the changes on the instance to make sure that the changes are working as you expected.

8 Convert the parameters in the instance to a rule set in PATROL Configuration Manager.

You can convert the parameters in the instance to a rule set in PATROL Configuration Manager by using one of the following menu commands:

■ KM Commands => Create Global Parameters => Create Rulesets => Select Knowledge Modules menu command from the AS_CHANGESPRING application class

■ KM Commands => Event Management => Parameter Settings => Status Flags => Set for Instances or Classes menu command from the Host icon.

For more information, see your PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide.

NOTE Only collector and standard parameters have polling times. Consumer parameters do not have polling times.

NOTE The PATROL Configuration Manager rules that represent each parameter contain the _ANYINST_ designation for the instance name. The _ANYINST_ designation allows you to apply these changes to any agent host name without adding a specific agent host name to the rule for each parameter.

112 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 113: SQL SVR KM

Verifying changes to configuration variables

9 Drag and drop the rule set to any Agent host name where you want the changes applied.

Verifying changes to configuration variablesThe ConfigUpdates parameter under the Collectors application class checks for changes to the configuration variables. When a change is detected, this parameter creates an annotation that contains the name of the configuration variable that was changed and information about how it was changed.

Validations are performed by the ConfigUpdates parameter to ascertain whether the new configuration variables or parameter changes were successfully applied to the instance.

■ If the update is applied to the instance successfully, the ConfigUpdates parameter sets a value to 1 and creates an annotation that includes information on the changes.

■ If the update is not applied to the instance successfully, the ConfigUpdates parameter sets a value of 2 and creates an annotation that includes information on which change was not applied successfully.

NOTE The following rule is created when you move the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters to a rule set in PATROL Configuration Manager:

/AS/EVENTSPRING/PARAM_SETTINGS/STATUSFLAGS/ paramSettingsStatusFlag” ={ REPLACE = “2” }

This rule forces the instance to apply parameter changes as soon as you apply them to an instance or Agent host name. If you do not want the changes to take place immediately, change “2” to “1” or remove this rule and reinitialize the Agent for the instance when you are ready to apply the changes. For more information, see the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide.

WARNING No validations are performed on the effectiveness or validity of the new configuration variables and parameter property changes. You must verify that the changes perform correctly on each instance where they are applied.

Chapter 4 Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 113

Page 114: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

Before a variable change can take effect, the following events must occur:

1. Discovery or the appropriate parameters must complete the next cycle.

2. The ConfigUpdates parameter must run and discover the new configuration variable(s).

3. Discovery or the appropriate parameter must complete another cycle after ConfigUpdates discovers the new variable.

4. If applicable, the appropriate collector parameter must update the effected consumer parameters.

For information about parameter poll times and dependencies see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults,” and Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies.”

Where to go from hereFor summary information about wpconfig, see the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows User Guide—Customizing PATROL, Volume 3.

For detailed information about how to use pconfig, see the PATROL Agent Reference Manual.

For detailed information about how to use the PATROL Configuration Manager, see the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide, version 1.4.01 or later.

The following table lists other topics in this book:

Topic Source of information

how to use PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server functionality to monitor and manage SQL Servers

Chapter 5, “Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server,” and PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

how to access the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help”

definitions and default values for parameters

Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”

consumer and collector parameter dependencies

Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”

PATROL Agent configuration variables Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables”

detailed descriptions of the applications, menu commands, parameters, and InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

114 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 115: SQL SVR KM

C h a p t e r 5

5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

This chapter presents the following topics:

Monitoring SQL Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Excluding SQL Servers from monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Starting and stopping the monitoring of a SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Starting and stopping a SQL Server from PATROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Reviewing the status of a SQL Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Viewing reports about a SQL Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Changing the PATROL login account for a server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Changing a server instance name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Monitoring SQL Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Starting and stopping the SQL Server Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Using the SQL Server Agent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Monitoring the SQL Server Agent job failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Filtering SQL Server Agent job failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Setting up SQL Server Agent jobs for monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Monitoring error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Enabling the monitoring of error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Setting up error log monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Viewing reports about the error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Reviewing the status of an error log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127About the error log parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Monitoring databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Starting and stopping the monitoring of databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Checking the consistency of a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Adding the PATROL user to a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Reviewing the status of a database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Viewing reports about databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Monitoring files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Enabling the monitoring of files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Reviewing the status of files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Viewing reports about files and file groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Monitoring objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 115

Page 116: SQL SVR KM

Setting up the monitoring of objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Reviewing the status of an object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Viewing reports about objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Monitoring replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Enabling the monitoring of replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Reviewing the status of Subscribers or Published Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Viewing reports about Subscribers and Published Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Viewing reports about Subscribers and Published Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Monitoring users and processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Monitoring specific users and processes manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Using parameters to monitor specific users and processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Reviewing the status of a user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Viewing reports about users and processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Killing a process from PATROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Creating customized reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Accessing the predefined reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Adding customized reports to the predefined list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Working with parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Viewing parameter data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Activating and deactivating parameters and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Refreshing parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Creating customized parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Creating and managing parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Accessing the predefined parameter charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Using automatic recovery actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Reviewing the ARA settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Viewing the parameter recovery process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Using the ARA Settings menu commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Parameters affected in general user monitoring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Parameters partially affected in a recovery action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Viewing SQL information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Viewing SQL commands with SQL Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Managing the global channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Accessing the Global Channel menu commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Monitoring the Global Channel lock requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Where to go from here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

116 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 117: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring SQL Servers

Monitoring SQL ServersWith the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server product, you can monitor Microsoft SQL Server computers that are running a PATROL Agent. You can perform the following tasks:

■ exclude SQL Servers from monitoring■ start and stop the monitoring of a SQL Server■ start and stop a SQL Server■ review the status of a SQL Server■ view reports and create customized reports about a SQL Server■ change a SQL Server instance name in PATROL

Excluding SQL Servers from monitoring

Using the /MSSQLServer/SQLServersExcludedFromDiscovery/ pconfig variable, you can exclude from monitoring one or more SQL Servers. This pconfig variable does not appear automatically. You must enter the pconfig variable manually. For instructions on how to add or modify pconfig variables, see “Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually” on page 102.

To exclude SQL Servers from monitoring

1 Determine the SQL Server or Windows service name of each SQL Server you want to exclude from monitoring.

2 Enter the following pconfig variable followed by the names of the SQL Servers that you want to exclude from monitoring, with a vertical pipe (|) character separating the names of the SQL Servers, as in the following example:

/MSSQLServer/SQLServersExcludedFromDiscovery/ ABC\SQL8_TEST|MSSQLServer|MSSQL$SQL8DATA|ABC\SQL8_PROD

TIP To determine the SQL Server name, use the following query:

“SELECT @@SERVERNAME”

To determine the Windows service name, use the following query:

"SELECT @@SERVICENAME"

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 117

Page 118: SQL SVR KM

Starting and stopping the monitoring of a SQL Server

The above example excludes the following SQL Servers:

■ SQL Server with SQL Server name ABC\SQL8_TEST■ SQL Server with Windows service name MSSQLServer■ SQL Server with Windows service name MSSQL$SQL8DATA■ SQL Server with SQL Server name ABC\SQL8_PROD

Starting and stopping the monitoring of a SQL Server

To start monitoring a server, you must first configure it. See “Configuring a SQL Server” on page 72 for step-by-step instructions. To stop viewing a monitored server, you can break the connection between the PATROL console and the server. However, if you preloaded PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server on the agent, PATROL continues to monitor the server even after you break the connection between the server and the PATROL console.

To break the connection between the PATROL console and the server, right-click the icon that represents the computer or host and choose the Break Connection (PATROL console) or Disconnect from Managed System (PATROL Central Operator) menu command.

To update the connection between PATROL and the server, right-click the icon that represents the computer or host and choose the Update Connection (PATROL console) or Connect to Managed System (PATROL Central Operator) menu command.

Starting and stopping a SQL Server from PATROL

When you shut down a SQL Server, all parameters are automatically changed to a suspended state and PATROL stops monitoring databases, users and processes, objects, and other resources. When you restart a SQL Server, PATROL resumes monitoring databases, users and processes, objects, and other resources.

To shut down a monitored SQL Server from PATROL, choose SQL Server Admin => Shutdown SQL Server from the Server application pop-up menu.

WARNING The Shutdown SQL Server menu option uses the net stop mssqlinstancename command. Using this command causes SQL Server to disconnect all users, stop all processes, and begin a roll back of the queries or transactions that the processes were executing. See your Microsoft SQL Server documentation for more information.

118 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 119: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing the status of a SQL Server

To restart a monitored SQL Server that you previously shut down, choose the SQL Server Admin => Start SQL Server command from the Server application pop-up menu.

Reviewing the status of a SQL Server

You can check the current status of a Microsoft SQL Server by reviewing information in the InfoBox accessed from the Server application icon that represents that server. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Viewing reports about a SQL Server

Access reports about the server by selecting Reports from a Server application pop-up menu. There are many reports available from this Reports menu that provide information about all aspects of the SQL Server.

The Reports menu also provides the User Customizable Reports menu that enables you to create and combine your own reports. For more information, see “Creating customized reports” on page 143.

The Reports menu also provides a Parameter Charts menu that enables you to create and combine the output from any of the parameters available in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. See “Working with parameters” on page 145.

NOTE If the SQL Server does not start, look at the error log created in SQL Dir/log/ERRORLOG for information about why it would not start. You can also start SQL Server from the command line using the -f startup option.

WARNING You can also start SQL Server from the command line using the -f startup option. However, only experienced users should attempt to restart the SQL Server using the -f option. This option starts the SQL Server in a minimal configuration mode and enables you to reconfigure the SQL Server. Only experienced users should attempt to reconfigure the SQL Server. See your SQL Server documentation for more information.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 119

Page 120: SQL SVR KM

Changing the PATROL login account for a server

Changing the PATROL login account for a server

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides you with the ability to enter and change the accounts used by PATROL to access and monitor SQL Server. This function also verifies whether the account information is correct or incorrect.

When you change the PATROL login account, you also change the account for the CheckConfiguration parameter. If CheckConfiguration cannot validate the account, the parameters that issue SQL queries cannot run and therefore, cannot collect data.

You can change the PATROL login account that PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses to monitor a SQL Server by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Instance Setup menu command in the Server application pop-up menu. For detailed information about the PATROL login account, see “Configuring a SQL Server” on page 72.

Changing a server instance name

PATROL cannot change the name of a SQL Server, but PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides menu commands that do the following:

■ change the label that displays under a Server application icon in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server

■ change the name that PATROL uses for a SQL Server when PATROL fails to connect to the SQL Server

Changing the icon label

If the name of the SQL Server is too long, you might want to change the name that appears under the icon in PATROL. This does not change the name that PATROL uses for that SQL Server.

You can change the icon label by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Change Icon Label menu command under the Server application icon.

Changing the SQL Server name used by PATROL

Changing the name that PATROL uses for a SQL Server enables you to change the SQL Server name to an associated Windows SQL Server service name. The CheckConfiguration parameter directs you to use this feature when PATROL cannot connect to the SQL Server. This is the only time you should use this menu command. You cannot alter the actual name of the SQL Server using this menu command.

120 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 121: SQL SVR KM

Enabling SQL Server instance discovery

You can change the name that PATROL uses for a SQL Server by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Name Used by PATROL menu command under the Server application icon.

Enabling SQL Server instance discovery

To enable SQL Server instance discovery, the MSSQL_SERVER container holds the SQL Server instances discovered on a monitored host. The corresponding application class name for this container is MSSQL_SERVER_SQLSERVER_SETUP.

This container enhances the functionality of the SQL Server instance discovery in the following ways:

■ provides better discovery debugging■ reduces instance discovery failure

If the SQL Server instances are not discovered after the KM is loaded, you can use the following menu commands to help determine the problem:

■ Set the prediscovery and discovery debug mode for PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server by using the MSSQL_SERVER => KM Commands => SET DEBUG MODE menu command. Debugging helps when the SQL Server instances are not discovered after a KM is loaded.

■ Select the SQL Server instance for which you want to change the SQL Server name used by PATROL by using the MSSQL_SERVER => KM Commands => OSQL.exe path used by PATROL menu command.

■ Select the SQL Server instance for which you want to change the SQL Server name used by PATROL by using the MSSQL_SERVER => KM Commands => Sql server name used by PATROL menu command.

Monitoring SQL Server Agent By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is not set up to automatically monitor SQL Server Agent. When SQL Server Agent monitoring is enabled, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server reports the up and down status of SQL Server Agent and information about SQL Server Agent jobs and you can view the SQL Server Agent job information.

You must have SQL Server Agent monitoring enabled before you can monitor the SQL Server Agent error log. For more information on monitoring the SQL Server Agent error log, see “Monitoring error logs” on page 124.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 121

Page 122: SQL SVR KM

Enabling the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ enable the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent■ start and stop the SQL Server Agent■ access parameters that monitor the SQL Server Agent■ monitor the SQL Server Agent job failures■ filter SQL Server Agent job failures■ set up the monitoring of SQL Server Agent jobs

Enabling the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent

You can manually enable monitoring of a SQL Server Agent by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command in the Server application pop-up menu. Once you enable the monitoring of the SQL Server Agent, PATROL activates the

Starting and stopping the SQL Server Agent

When you shut down the SQL Server Agent while monitoring of the SQL Server Agent is turned on, the SQLAgentStatus parameter goes into an alarm state.

You can shut down the SQL Server Agent from PATROL by using the SQL Server Admin => Shutdown SQL Server Agent menu command from the Server application pop-up menu.

You can restart the SQL Server Agent that you previously shut down by using the SQL Server Admin => Start SQL Server Agent menu command from the Server application pop-up menu. The Start SQL Server Agent menu command forces the SQL Server to start if it is not already running, and then it starts the SQL Server Agent.

WARNING Some Microsoft SQL Server features, such as Replication, cannot operate unless the SQL Server Agent is running.

122 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 123: SQL SVR KM

Using the SQL Server Agent parameters

Using the SQL Server Agent parameters

Table 10 displays information about parameters that collect and report information about SQL Server Agent.

Monitoring the SQL Server Agent job failures

The SQLServerAgentJobFailures parameter monitors all SQL Server jobs, and goes into an alarm state whenever any step in a job fails at any point during the job.

When the SQLServerAgentJobFailures parameter goes into an alarm state, it automatically creates an output window that contains information about SQL Server Agent job failures. This parameter also generates annotated data points in the parameter graph that provide reports about the job failures. Double-click any annotated data point to open a report in an annotation output window.

You can view information about all SQL Server Agent jobs by using the Reports => SQL Server Agent Job Failures menu command from the Server application pop-up menu.

Table 10 Parameters that monitor the SQL Server Agent

Parameter Description

SQLServerAgentJobFailures

Reports SQL Server Agent job failures. When a job fails, the following events occur:

■ SQLServerAgentJobFailures parameter goes into an alarm state each time a job fails

■ SQLServerAgentJobFailures parameter value increments by 1 each time a job fails

■ information is automatically displayed in a task output window each time a job fails

■ an event is triggered in the PEM each time a job fails

You must manually clear the parameter alarm from a menu item or the PEM.

SQLAgentStatus Monitors and reports the up and down status of SQL Server Agent.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 123

Page 124: SQL SVR KM

Filtering SQL Server Agent job failures

Filtering SQL Server Agent job failures

You can exclude certain SQL Server Agent jobs from monitoring. Filtering jobs enables you to monitor only the jobs that are critical and exclude the non-critical job failures.

To enable filtering, choose the KM Commands => Exclude SQLAgent Jobs from Monitoring command from the Availability application class.

Setting up SQL Server Agent jobs for monitoring

To receive more precise information about the progress of your SQL Server Agent jobs, set up the jobs using one or more of the following suggestions:

■ Break large jobs down into smaller jobs so that the SQLAgentJobFailures parameter monitors each stage of a job, giving you more accurate information about where and when a job fails (if it fails).

■ Create the SQL Server Agent job in Transact SQL so that no failure occurs for steps that you want to ignore.

■ Create the SQL Server Agent job so that any error that occurs at a strategic step sends a user-defined message to the SQL Server Agent error log, and then include that user-defined message for monitoring by using the KM Admin => Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command from an Error Log application instance. (How to initiate and use error log monitoring is described in the next topic, “Monitoring error logs.”)

Monitoring error logsPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses a filter to detect user-defined strings in the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs, and a way to monitor those error logs, but this feature is disabled by default.

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ enable the monitoring of error logs■ set up the monitoring of error logs■ view reports about the error logs■ review the status of the error logs■ use the Error Log parameters to monitor the error logs

124 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 125: SQL SVR KM

Enabling the monitoring of error logs

Enabling the monitoring of error logs

You can use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command from the Server application pop-up menu to enable error log monitoring. Once you enable the monitoring of error logs, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server creates MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG (Error Log) application instance icons and monitors the error logs that it discovers. PATROL uses the ErrorLogColl standard collector parameter to search your environment and create an Error Log application instance icon for every error log it detects.

Setting up error log monitoring

The Error Log application instances provide menu commands that you can use to manage error log monitoring in the following ways:

■ enable or disable string monitoring■ set up how often you want to receive an alert for the same string■ enter or remove strings from the error log filter■ add an alarm or warning to the ErrorLogColl parameter■ turn the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter on or off and set the threshold for the

error log size■ turn the ErrorLogFreeDiskSpaceThreshold parameter on or off and set the threshold

for the space that is free on the disk that contains the error log

To enable or disable string monitoring

Once you have enabled error log monitoring, and the Error Log application instances appear, you can turn off error log string monitoring by using the KM Admin => Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command from an Error Log application instance. In the Error Log String Monitoring dialog box, you can check Enable or Disable. This allows you to set up string monitoring, but keep it disabled until you need it, while keeping all other error log monitoring features active.

To change the error log filter

If error log monitoring is enabled, you can enter strings for the error log filter to detect by using the KM Admin => Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command from an Error Log application instance. The ErrorLogColl searches the error logs for the strings you entered, and whenever one of the entered strings is detected, the ErrorLogUpdates parameter goes into an alarm state and creates an annotation.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 125

Page 126: SQL SVR KM

Setting up error log monitoring

The Set up Error Log String Monitoring dialog box also allows you to choose between two modes that determine the number or frequency of alarms and warnings that you receive for each string that you enter. You can choose to receive an alarm or a warning using one of the following modes:

■ every time every string that you entered is detected■ once the first time each string that you entered is detected

To set an alert when the ErrorLogColl parameter fails to complete a collection

The ErrorLogColl standard collector parameter collects the data that populates the error log consumer parameters and the Error Log application instance InfoBox items. You can set this parameter to also go into a warning or an alarm state whenever it fails to complete a collection attempt. By default, the ErrorLogColl collector parameter is set to remain in an OK state when a collection fails, but you can change that to a warning or an alarm state by using the KM Admin => Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command from an Error Log application instance.

To set up threshold monitoring for the error log size

By default, the ErrorLogSize parameter monitors the size of the error log, but you can also enable and configure the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter to monitor whether or not the size of the error log exceeds a user-defined threshold.

By using the Set up Error Log Size Threshold menu command from an Error Log application instance menu, you can perform the following tasks:

■ view the current size of the error log■ enable and disable error log threshold monitoring■ set the threshold for the size of the error log■ state the action taken if the size of the error log exceeds the threshold■ set the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter to autoreset

TIP You can use this feature to monitor jobs. Create the SQL Server Agent job so that any error that occurs at a strategic step sends a user-defined message to the SQL Server Agent error log, and then include that user-defined message for monitoring. For more information, see “Setting up SQL Server Agent jobs for monitoring” on page 124.

126 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 127: SQL SVR KM

Viewing reports about the error logs

To set up threshold monitoring for the amount of free space on the error log disk

By default, the ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree parameter monitors the amount of free space on the disk that contains the error log, but you can also enable and configure the ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold parameter to monitor whether or not the amount of free space on the disk falls below a user-defined threshold.

By using the Set up Error Log Disk Space Free Threshold menu command from an Error Log application instance menu, you can perform the following tasks:

■ view the current amount size of the error log■ view the current amount of free space on the disk that contains the error log■ enable and disable the threshold monitoring of the free disk space■ set the threshold for the amount of free disk space■ state the action taken if the amount of free disk space falls below the threshold■ set the ErrorLogFreeDiskSpaceThreshold parameter to autoreset

To exclude the error log strings from monitoring

By using the KM Admin => Exclude Errorlog String from Monitoring command from the SQLERRORLOG application class, you can exclude the error log strings from monitoring.

Viewing reports about the error logs

You can also view the SQL Server error log by choosing the Reports menu from an Error Log application pop-up menu, and one of the following options:

■ Reports => Search Error Log enables you to search the error log for a user-defined string and to view the results.

■ Reports => Show Latest Error Log Data generates a report that contains the last 10, 20, 50, 100, or 250 lines of the error log.

Reviewing the status of an error log

You can check the status of an error log by reviewing the information in the Error Log application InfoBox. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 127

Page 128: SQL SVR KM

About the error log parameters

About the error log parameters

Table 11 displays information about the parameters that collect and report information about the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs.

Table 11 Parameters that monitor the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs (Part 1 of 2)

Parameter Description

ErrorLogColl Monitors the error log for updates and filters new log entries for the user-defined search strings entered by using the SQL Server Error Log Filter menu command

Whenever the ErrorLogColl parameter detects one of the user-defined search strings, it sends information about the detected error to the ErrorLogUpdates parameter.

This parameter collects the data for all of the other Error Log application class parameters.

You can select to receive a notification if this parameter fails to complete a collection by using the KM Commands => Set up Error Log Collector menu command. See “Setting up error log monitoring” on page 125.

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree Displays in megabytes the amount of free space that is available on the disk that contains the error log.

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold If threshold monitoring is enabled for the amount of space that is free on the disk that contains the error log, this parameter indicates whether or not the amount of free space is below the user-defined threshold value.

If threshold monitoring is disabled for the amount of free space on the disk that contains the error log, PATROL does not display an icon for this parameter. You can enable and disable threshold monitoring by using the KM Commands => Set up Error Log Free Disk Space Threshold menu command from an Error Log application instance menu.

ErrorLogSizeMB Reports the size in megabytes of the SQL Server error log.

By default, the ErrorLogSizeMB parameter does not go into alarm.

128 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 129: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring databases

Monitoring databasesPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server enables you to automatically discover Microsoft SQL Server databases that are not currently monitored, automatically monitor databases, or manually add a database for monitoring.

ErrorLogSizeThreshold If threshold monitoring is enabled for the error log size, this parameter indicates whether or not the size of the error log is greater than the user-defined threshold value.

If threshold monitoring for error log size is disabled, PATROL does not display an icon for this parameter. You can enable and disable threshold monitoring by using the KM Commands => Set up Error Log Size Threshold menu command from an Error Log application instance menu.

ErrorLogUpdates Displays the user-defined error log strings that are detected by the ErrorLogColl parameter. When user-defined error log strings are detected, the following events occur:

■ This parameter goes into an alarm state.

■ The parameter value increments by 1 each time a user-defined error log string is detected or each time a new user-defined error log string is detected, depending upon the user-defined configuration. See“Setting up error log monitoring” on page 125.

■ The most recent text data written to the error log since the last collection cycle that matches the warning or alarm string filter is displayed in a pop-up window and in an annotation.

■ An event is triggered in the Patrol Event Manager (PEM) for each user-defined error log string detected.

You can also manually view the error log by using the KM Commands => Reports menu command from the Error Log application menu.

You must manually clear the parameter alarm by using the KM Commands => Reset Alarms menu command from the Error Log application menu or the PEM.

Table 11 Parameters that monitor the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs (Part 2 of 2)

Parameter Description

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 129

Page 130: SQL SVR KM

Starting and stopping the monitoring of databases

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ start and stop the monitoring of databases■ check the consistency of a database■ add the PATROL user to a database■ review the status of a database■ view reports about databases

Starting and stopping the monitoring of databases

You can have PATROL automatically discover and monitor all databases, or you can manually select databases to monitor. You can perform both of these tasks using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Set DB Auto-Discovery menu command from the Server application pop-up menu. This menu command opens the Set Database Auto-Discovery dialog box, where you can turn auto-discovery on or turn auto-discovery off and select the databases you want to monitor from a list. For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Checking the consistency of a database

You can check the consistency of a database by using the KM Admin => Database Consistency menu options from the Database application pop-up menu. Table 12 displays the submenus that appear when you select this menu option.

Table 12 Database consistency menu options (Part 1 of 2)

Menu command Description

Allocation menu of options that perform consistency checks on indexes, tables, and the database

Allocation => Checkalloc of DB

checks the consistency of the internal allocation of the database

Allocation => Newalloc

checks the consistency of the internal allocation of the database

Checktable menu options that check the internal consistency of data and index pages

Checktable => Other Table

performs the checktable function on a selected table

Requires system administrator (sa) or database administrator (dba) privileges.

Checktable => Syslogs

performs the checktable function on all the syslogs

Requires sa or dba privileges.

130 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 131: SQL SVR KM

Adding the PATROL user to a database

Adding the PATROL user to a database

You can perform this task using the KM Admin => Add PATROL User to Database menu command from the Database application pop-up menu.

Microsoft SQL Server does not allow you to add sa as a user of a database; sa is a reserved login name in SQL Server.

The Add PATROL User to Database menu command uses sp_adduser to add the PATROL username associated with the instance to the list of user names for the database monitored by this instance. The PATROL username must have system administrator privileges.

Under normal circumstances, you do not need this menu command. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server adds the Patrol user to databases at the time they are discovered so that it can monitor them. Occasionally, upon a restore of a backup database or in some other circumstances, such as moving a database from one SQL server to another, the database does not have the Patrol user. You would use this menu command to add the PATROL user under those circumstances.

Reviewing the status of a database

You can check the status of a database by reviewing the information in the Database application InfoBox. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Checkcatalog checks the database for tables or views with no columns, checks the validity of the column data types, and validates the last checkpoint log in syslogs

Requires sa or dba privileges.

Checkdb performs a checktable, that is, it checks the internal consistency of data and index pages, on all tables in the database

Requires sa or dba privileges.

Open Transactions displays information on the oldest active transaction

Requires sa or dba privileges.

Showcontig displays the fragmentation of a selected table or an index

Table 12 Database consistency menu options (Part 2 of 2)

Menu command Description

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 131

Page 132: SQL SVR KM

Viewing reports about databases

Viewing reports about databases

Access database reports from the Server application menu by selecting the following menu commands:

■ Reports => Database Help Information =>

— Helpdb Info

— Helprotect Info

— Helptext Info

■ Reports => Database Resources =>

— DB File Info

— DB Options

— Filegroup Info

— Space Used

■ Reports => Database Users =>

— Group/Role Info

— User Info

■ Reports => Device Information =>

— Database on Device Info

— Default Devices

— Dump Devices

■ Reports => User Customizable Reports =>

— Open Databases Report

— Suspect Databases Report

Access database reports from the Database application menu by selecting the following menu commands:

■ Reports => Database Help Info =>

— Help Info

— Helpdb Info

— Helpprotect Info

— Helptext Info

132 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 133: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring files and file groups

■ Reports => Database Resources =>

— DB File Info

— DB Options

— Filegroup Info

— Space Used

■ Reports => Database Users =>

— Group/Role Info

— User Info

■ Reports => Other Database Info => Who’s Using Databases

Monitoring files and file groupsFiles and file groups are by default not automatically monitored by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. You must enable file and file group monitoring before PATROL creates File and Filegroup application icons for all of the files and file groups that it discovers and begins to monitor those files and file groups.

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ enable the monitoring of files and file groups■ check the status of the files and file groups■ view reports on file groups

Enabling the monitoring of files and file groups

You can use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command from the Server application pop-up menu to enable file and file group monitoring. Once you enable the monitoring of files and file groups, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server creates File and Filegroup application icons and monitors all files and file groups that it discovers. PATROL uses the DbStructureColl standard collector parameter to search your environment and create an MSSQL_SERVER_FILE (File) or MSSQL_SERVER_FILEGROUP (Filegroup) application icon for every monitored file or file group it detects.

NOTE PATROL only detects and monitors files and file groups for monitored databases. For information about selecting databases for monitoring, see “Starting and stopping the monitoring of databases” on page 130.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 133

Page 134: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing the status of files and file groups

Reviewing the status of files and file groups

You can check the status of monitored files and file groups by reviewing information in the InfoBox for the File and Filegroup application instances. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Viewing reports about files and file groups

Access the following reports by selecting Reports => Database Resources from the Server or Database application pop-up menu:

■ DB File Info■ Filegroup Info

Access the following reports from the Filegroup application pop-up menu:

■ Chart File Sizes for Filegroup■ Chart Space Used for Filegroup■ DBCC CheckFilegroup

Monitoring objectsBy default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is not set up to automatically monitor individual database objects (tables and indexes).

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ set up the monitoring of objects for a particular database■ review the status of an object set up for monitoring■ view reports on the objects set up for monitoring

Setting up the monitoring of objects

You can manually select and can monitor tables and indexes for each individual Database application instance. However, you can only monitor up to ten objects, (tables and indexes) on each database.

134 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 135: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing the status of an object

To set up the monitoring of an object, use the KM Admin => Object Space Monitor from the Server application pop-up menu or the Object Space Monitor menu command from the Database application pop-up menu. For detailed instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Reviewing the status of an object

You can check the status of an object by reviewing information in the InfoBox for the Object application instance. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Viewing reports about objects

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides detailed information about any object for a specific database, including objects that you have selected for monitoring. Choose Reports => Database Information =>Object Information from the Server application pop-up menu.

Monitoring replicationPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor the replication process in your environment. When replication monitoring is enabled, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server creates Subscribers application icons for each subscriber to published articles and Published application icons for each published article. Subscribers and Published application icons only appear when the following conditions exist:

■ the SQL Server you are monitoring is configured as a distributor for replication (See your SQL Server documentation for more information about configuring your server for replication.)

■ the SQL Server service has been started in the Services dialog box for Windows or Windows NT (See your Windows documentation for more information about the Services dialog box.)

■ you have enabled the monitoring of Replication

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 135

Page 136: SQL SVR KM

Enabling the monitoring of replication

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, you can perform the following actions:

■ enable the monitoring of Replication■ review the status of a subscriber or published article instance■ view reports about published articles, databases, distributors, and subscribers■ use SQL commands to manage the distributor and the subscriber

Enabling the monitoring of replication

Use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command from the Server application pop-up menu to enable the monitoring of Replication. Once you enable replication monitoring, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server uses the ReplicationColl standard collector parameter to create a Published or Subscribers application icon for every publication or subscriber it detects in the SQL Server.

Reviewing the status of Subscribers or Published Articles

Check the status of a Subscriber by reviewing information in the Subscribers application InfoBox. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

The Published applications do not provide InfoBoxes.

Viewing reports about Subscribers and Published Articles

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides reports with detailed information about publications, distributors, subscribers, and articles.

The following reports are accessed from the Reports menu in the Published application pop-up menu:

NOTE PATROL does not allow you to create published articles or subscribers; you must create published articles and subscribers by using the SQL Server Enterprise Manager or ISQL.

136 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 137: SQL SVR KM

Using SQL commands

■ Articles =>

— Articles— Article Columns

■ Publications =>

— For this Database— List Publication DBs

■ Subscriber Info

The following reports are accessed from the Reports menu in the Subscribers application pop-up menu:

■ Job Details =>

— From Distributor— From Subscriber

■ Subscriber Status =>

Using SQL commands

The Subscriber application provides menu commands that open a command window to the distributor or the subscriber. Use the following menu commands from the Subscriber application pop up menu:

■ SQL Commands => To Distributor

■ SQL Commands => To Subscriber

Monitoring users and processesPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically create Users application icons. If you want PATROL to monitor specific users, you must change the default settings for automatic monitoring or manually monitor a specific user or process.

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server automatically monitors processes that are blocking other processes and processes that are idle, and it enables you to manually select and monitor specific processes or users. You can also monitor users and processes using the Users application parameters and review the status of a user or process using the Users application InfoBox. Server and User application menu

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 137

Page 138: SQL SVR KM

Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes

commands allow you to view reports about users and processes, and User application menu commands enable you to stop monitoring a user or process, shut down or kill a process from the PATROL console, or view SQL statements for a user or process.

From PATROL you can perform the following tasks:

■ change the settings for automatic monitoring of users and processes■ monitor specific users and processes manually■ user parameters to monitor specific users and processes■ review the status of a user■ view reports on users and processes■ kill a process

Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server automatically monitors processes that are blocking other processes and processes that are idle. The MonProbUsers, BlockerProcs, and IdleProcs parameters monitor resources used by processes or users and check for processes that are blocking other processes and idle processes. PATROL provides menu commands that enable you to change the automatic monitoring settings in the following ways:

■ turn automatic monitoring off or on■ change the blocked detection time■ change the idle detection time■ enabling and disabling idle and blocked process monitoring■ change the problem alert method■ exclude specific users or processes from automatic monitoring

Turning auto user monitoring off and on

Turning auto user monitoring off stops the MonProbUsers collector parameter from detecting and collecting information about idle or blocking processes, which stops the IdleProcs and BlockerProcs parameters from going into an alarm state.

NOTE By default, the sa, probe, repl_publisher, and repl_subscriber logins and their processes are excluded from the automatic monitoring feature, but you can remove them from the exclusion list at any time.

138 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 139: SQL SVR KM

Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes

You can turn Auto User Monitoring off or on by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application menu.

Changing the blocked detection time

In PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, a blocking process is a process that blocks other users for at least the minimum amount of time configured for blocked detection time. The default blocked detection time is 3 minutes. You can change it at any time.

You can change the blocked detection time for all users and processes from the Server application pop-up menu by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command.

You can change the blocked detection time for a specific user or process from the Users application pop-up menu by using the KM Admin => Change Local Defaults => Blocked Detection Time menu command. However, once that user instance is deleted, the blocked detection time for that user or process returns to the amount of time set in the Configure Auto User Monitoring dialog box.

Changing the idle detection time

In PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, an idle process is a process that has not been active for at least the minimum amount of time configured for idle detection time. The default idle detection time is 20 minutes. You can change it at any time for all users and processes or for a specific user or process.

You can change the idle detection time for all users and processes from the Server application pop-up menu by using KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command.

You can change the idle detection time for a specific user or process from the Users application pop-up menu by using the KM Admin => Change Local Defaults => Idle Detection Time. However, once that user instance is deleted, the idle detection time for that user or process returns to the amount of time set in the Configure Auto User Monitoring dialog box.

Enabling and disabling blocked process and idle process monitoring

To enable or disable monitoring of blocked or idle processes, you can enter configuration variables for idle and blocked process monitoring through the PATROL Console for Windows or by using PATROL Configuration Manager. For information about how to add pconfig variables, see “Adding or modifying pconfig variables manually” on page 102.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 139

Page 140: SQL SVR KM

Changing the automatic monitoring of users and processes

For idle processes, the configuration variable should appear as follows:

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/idle_procs_monitoring_enabled

Setting the value of this pconfig variable to 0 (zero) disables idle process monitoring. Setting this pconfig variable to any other value enables idle process monitoring.

For blocked processes, the configuration variable should appear as follows:

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/blocked_procs_monitoring_enabled

Setting the value of this pconfig variable to 0 (zero) disables blocked process monitoring. Setting this pconfig variable to any other value enables blocked process monitoring.

Changing the problem alert method used by the MonProbUsers, BlockerProcs, and IdleProcs parameters

By default, a blocking process or idle process does not create a Users application icon. By default, the BlockerProcs and IdleProcs parameters provide a report if the MonProbUsers collector parameter detects a blocking or idle process. You can change the default so that the MonProbUsers collector parameter generates a Users application icon for each idle process and blocking process it detects.

You can change the problem alert method from the Server application pop-up menu by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command.

The recovery actions generated by the MonProbUsers, BlockerProcs, and IdleProcs parameters are also effected by the changes made using the ARA settings menu command. For more information, see “Using automatic recovery actions” on page 149.

Excluding specific users or processes from monitoring

By default, the sa, probe, repl_publisher, and repl_subscriber logins and their processes are excluded from the automatic monitoring feature, but you can include these logins or exclude other logins from monitoring at any time.

You can exclude or include logins from monitoring from the Server application pop-up menu by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User menu command.

140 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 141: SQL SVR KM

Monitoring specific users and processes manually

Monitoring specific users and processes manually

By default, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server does not automatically monitor individual users or processes that are not blocking other processes or that are idle. You can, however, manually set up individual users or processes to monitor.

■ view a list of process IDs■ monitor specific user by login name or by process ID■ stop monitoring a user or process

Viewing a list of process IDs

You can review a list of all users and their process IDs that are currently on the SQL Server by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Monitor Specific User => Lookup Process ID’s from the Server application pop-up menu.

Monitoring specific users by login name or by process ID

When you select a user to monitor, you can choose whether to monitor each user process individually or all processes together as an aggregate. If you choose to monitor each process individually, PATROL creates a Users application icon for each process. If you choose to monitor all processes as an aggregate, PATROL creates one Users application icon that represents the user.

You can select a user to monitor by login name by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Monitor Specific User => By Login Name menu command from the Server application pop-up menu.

You can select a user process to monitor by process ID by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Monitor Specific User => By Process ID (spid) menu command in the Server pop-up menu.

Stopping the monitoring of a user

You can stop monitoring a user or a process that you manually selected for monitoring by using the Stop Monitoring menu command in the Users application pop-up menu.

NOTE You may want to review this list before you select individual users or processes to monitor.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 141

Page 142: SQL SVR KM

Using parameters to monitor specific users and processes

Using parameters to monitor specific users and processes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides a number of parameters that monitor a specific user or a process. Access these parameters by double-clicking the Users application icon that represents the user or process you are monitoring. The UserBlocked and UserIdle parameters go into an alarm state when processes for a monitored user are blocked or idle for a certain amount of time. By default, the UserBlocked and UserIdle parameters for a monitored user inherit the blocked or idle detection times from the SQL Server. Other parameters monitor the CPU usage, I/O, and memory usage of a monitored user or a monitored process.

Reviewing the status of a user

You can check the status of a user by reviewing information in the InfoBox for that Users application instance. For more information, see “InfoBoxes” on page 30. For a description of the InfoBox items, see “Application Classes, Icons, and InfoBoxes” in the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Viewing reports about users and processes

The following reports are accessed from the Reports menu in the Server application pop-up menu:

■ User Login Info =>

— General Login Info

— NULL Passwords

■ User Process Info =>

— Active Process(es) for

— All Processes - Detail

— All Processes - Resources

— Blocked Process Listing

— Resource Hogs

— Top (n) Active Processes

— Top (n) Active Users

142 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 143: SQL SVR KM

Killing a process from PATROL

The following reports are accessed from the SQL Snapshot menu in the Server application pop-up menu:

■ Active Processes

■ All Processes

■ Blocked Processes

The following reports are accessed from the User application pop-up menu:

■ Reports =>

— Blocked Process Listing

— Process Listing for User

■ SQL Snapshot for User

Killing a process from PATROL

You can kill any process by using the SQL Server Admin => Kill Server Process menu command in the Server application pop-up menu. This command kills the process whether you are monitoring that process or not.

You can kill the process you are currently monitoring by using the Kill a Process => Kill This Process menu command from the Users application pop-up menu.

Creating customized reportsUsing the Reports => User Customizable Reports menu command from the Server application pop-up menu, you can select from a list of predefined reports and combine reports to create customized reports. You can also add your own reports to this list.

WARNING Killing a process disconnects the user who was using that process and causes a roll back of the query or transaction the process was executing.

NOTE You cannot use the Kill This Process menu command to kill processes for a particular user that PATROL is monitoring as an aggregate (collectively).

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 143

Page 144: SQL SVR KM

Accessing the predefined reports

Accessing the predefined reports

The Reports => User Customizable Reports menu from the Server application pop-up menu accesses the Customizable Reports dialog box, which contains the following predefined reports:

■ Blocked Processes Report■ CPU and I/O Usage Report■ CPU Usage Report■ Command Queue Length Settings Report■ Connections Remaining Report■ Disk I/O Errors Report■ Locks Types Held Report■ Locks Remaining Report■ Locks Info for CPU Users Report■ Memory Used by Processes Report■ Memory Usage Report■ Open Databases Report■ Process Listing Report■ sp_who Report■ Suspect Databases Report

Adding customized reports to the predefined list

You can add your own reports to the predefined list of reports by creating your own transact SQL script that generates the information you want. The script must have a .sql file extension and contain the following line:

-- Title=yourReportName

The yourReportName variable is the name you want displayed in the list.

Once you create the script and test it against SQL Server, copy it into the %PATROL_HOME%\mssql\sql directory on the PATROL Agent computer. The next time you access the Reports => User Customizable Reports menu, the name of the report you created appears in the list of reports in the Custom Reports dialog box.

144 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 145: SQL SVR KM

Working with parameters

Working with parametersFor an overview of the different types of parameter used by PATROL, see “Parameters” on page 26. For information on how to customize parameters, see the PATROL user guide for your console. For detailed information about working with specific parameters, see the online Help. To view a table of the parameters available in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server and their default values, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.” For information about the relationship between the consumer and collector parameters, see Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies.”

From PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server you can perform the following tasks:

■ view parameter data■ activate and deactivate parameters and alarms■ clear, snooze, and blackout parameter alarms■ refresh parameters

Viewing parameter data

You can display current parameter data by double-clicking the parameter icon. If a parameter graph generates annotated data points, you can display output by double-clicking the data point. Parameter history data is stored by the PATROL Agent in compressed binary files. For information about current and historical parameter information, refer to the PATROL user guide for your console.

When a parameter goes into a warning or an alarm state, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server usually generates a report automatically and displays the information in a task output window. You can manually view detailed information about a warning or an alarm in the PATROL Event Manager. Each warning and alarm from PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server adds an event to the PATROL Event Manager.

Activating and deactivating parameters and alarms

As shipped, all of the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters are active. To reduce the impact on your system resources and enhance performance, you can deactivate parameters that you do not need.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 145

Page 146: SQL SVR KM

Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms

Activating or deactivating a parameter

You can activate or deactivate any parameter by using a Developer console in PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Servers or PATROL Console for UNIX, as follows:

■ (Windows) Right-click the parameter in the KM tree, choose Properties, and then select or deselect Active.

■ (UNIX) Choose the Attributes => Application Classes menu.

Activating the alarm for the Failover parameter

The Failover parameter is shipped in an active state (that is, the parameter gathers information and creates annotated data points), but the alarm for this parameter is not active by default. You can activate the alarm for the Failover parameter by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command.

For more information, see “In a clustered environment” on page 91. For complete instructions, see the online Help.

Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server enables you to clear, snooze, or black out parameter alarms.

Clearing an alarm

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters stop their warning or alarm after you or the recovery actions resolve the problem, with the exception of ErrorLogUpdates and SQLAgentJobFailures. When ErrorLogUpdates or SQLAgentJobFailures goes into an alarm state and you have corrected the problem, you must manually clear the parameter alarm. You can clear a parameter alarm through the PEM or through a menu item.

For information about how to clear a parameter alarm from the PATROL Event Manager, see the PATROL user guide for your console.

NOTE The Failover parameter is available only when you are monitoring a clustered SQL Server using a virtual PATROL Agent configuration..

146 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 147: SQL SVR KM

Refreshing parameters

To clear the SQLAgentJobFailures parameter alarm from the KM menu, choose KM Admin => Reset Parameter Alarm from the Server application pop-up menu.

To clear alarms that occur for the Error Log application parameters, choose Reset Alarms from the Error Log application pop-up menu.

Snoozing a parameter

To stop a parameter icon from flashing an alarm before the problem is resolved, right-click on the parameter and select Alarm Snooze. The parameter remains in an alarm state.

Adding or deleting parameter black out periods

The Set Alarm Blackout dialog box enables you to select a time period during which the parameters for the selected SQL Server do not go into an alarm or warning state.

Use the KM Admin => Set Blackout menu from the Server application pop-up menu to set or delete a black out period for all parameters for a SQL Server.

Refreshing parameters

If you select KM Admin => Refresh Parameters from the KM commands for the Server application, all collecting parameters (collector parameters, standard parameters and standard parameters with collector properties) are forced into an unscheduled collection.

If you select Refresh Parameters from the KM commands for the Users, Published, or Subscribers applications, only the collecting parameters associated with the selected application are forced into an unscheduled collection.

When you refresh the parameters, all of the requests are placed in the Global Channel queue and are executed one at a time. Once the collection commands execute, the collectors distribute the information gathered to the consumer parameters, and the collecting parameters return to their regularly scheduled poll times.

NOTE The amount of time it takes for the Refresh Parameters menu command to execute depends on the number of collectors involved and the availability of the Global Channel and CPU. It could take several minutes.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 147

Page 148: SQL SVR KM

Creating customized parameter charts

Creating customized parameter charts

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server enables you to create, view, delete, and edit customized parameter charts that combine the output from several parameters, and it provides predefined parameter charts that you can view.

See the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help, Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults,”or Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”for detailed information about the parameters that these parameter charts contain. See the online Help for step-by-step instructions.

Creating and managing parameter charts

To create custom parameter charts, and to display, edit or delete those custom parameter charts, use the Reports => Parameter Charts => Custom Charts menu command. (You cannot display, edit, or delete predefined parameter charts.)

Accessing the predefined parameter charts

The Reports => Parameter Charts menu from the Server application pop-up menu accesses the following menu commands that open charts that contain output from one or more parameters.

Menu command/parameter chart Description

CPU Busy/Response Time combines the output from the CpuBusy, ResponseExecTime, and ResponseSqlTime parameters

Database Space Used (Percent) combines the DatabaseSpaceUsedPct parameter output from all of the monitored databases for the selected server

Database Space Used (Size) combines the output for the DatabaseSpaceUsedMB parameter for all of the monitored databases on the selected server

Disk I/O combines the output from the DiskIoWrites, DiskIoReads, and DiskIoErrors parameters

Log Space Used (Percent) combines the output from the LogSpaceUsedPct parameter for all of the monitored databases in the selected server

Log Space Used (Size) combines the output from the LogSpaceUsedMB parameter for all of the monitored databases in the selected server

148 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 149: SQL SVR KM

Using automatic recovery actions

Using automatic recovery actionsYou can use the following methods for adding or changing automatic recovery actions to the parameters in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server:

■ You can access parameter definition dialog boxes and specify PATROL Script Language (PSL) and operating system recovery actions.

■ You can apply certain automatic recovery actions to certain key parameters using the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings menu in the Server application pop-up menu.

When one of the key parameters goes into an alarm state, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server runs PSL and operating system recovery actions that are specified as part of the parameter property definition. After PSL recovery actions are generated, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server generates other automatic recovery actions that you select through the ARA Settings menu.

This automatic recovery action (ARA) function in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server enables you to customize the automatic recovery actions that occur when any of several key parameters go into alarm. It also enables you to test the recovery and alert notification actions that you set and to enter the names of those who receive a notice when net send is activated.

Using the ARA menu commands provided by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server instead of the PATROL Console for parameter recovery actions provides these benefits:

■ You can maintain custom recovery actions outside PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, which makes upgrading easier.

■ You can create different recovery batch files for each computer, which enables you to perform recovery actions that are computer-specific.

Network Traffic combines the output from the PacketsReceived, PacketsSent, and PacketErrors parameters

Performance Summary combines the output from the ResponseExecTime, ResponseSqlTime, CpuBusy, CpuIobusy, and CacheHitRatio parameters

NOTE The PATROL user guide for your operating system describes how to add recovery actions by accessing parameter definition dialog boxes.

Menu command/parameter chart Description

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 149

Page 150: SQL SVR KM

Reviewing the ARA settings and parameters

Reviewing the ARA settings and parameters

When you access the ARA menu settings, you can activate or deactivate the following options for the parameters that use the ARA settings:

■ Execute the ara_MSSQL.cmd script (active by default)■ Execute net send to specified Windows desktops■ Execute an SNMP trap (snmptrap command)■ Create an output file■ Annotate a parameter warning or alarm (active by default)■ Trigger an event in PATROL Event Manager (active by default)

The following key parameters are affected by the ARA functions that you select using the ARA Settings menu:

■ ARATest ■ IdleProcs

■ BlockerProcs ■ LocksRemaining

■ CacheHitRatio ■ LogSpaceColl

■ CheckConfiguration ■ LogSpaceUsedPct

■ CommandQueueLength ■ LongRunningTrans

■ ConnectionsRemaining ■ MonProbUsers

■ CpuBusy ■ NumBlockedProcesses

■ CpuIdle ■ OpenDbRemaining

■ CpuIoBusy ■ PacketErrors

■ DatabaseSpaceUsedPct ■ SpaceUsedPCT (File and Filegroup)

■ DbSpaceColl ■ SQLAgentJobFailures

■ DbStructureColl ■ SQLAgentStatus

■ DiskIoErrors ■ SQLServerStatus

■ ErrorLogColl ■ SuspectDatabases

■ ErrorLogUpdates ■ UserBlocked

■ Failover ■ UserIdle

150 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 151: SQL SVR KM

Viewing the parameter recovery process

Viewing the parameter recovery process

Figure 10 illustrates the parameter recovery process.

Figure 10 Parameter recovery process

Using the ARA Script option

This option in the ARA Default Action dialog box performs the recovery action entered by you in the ara_MSSQL.cmd file, which is located in the %PATROL_HOME%\mssql directory on each monitored Microsoft SQL Server computer. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is set up to automatically call the ara_MSSQL.cmd file. However, if you have not set up a script, the output from the ara_MSSQL.cmd generates the following message:

No recovery action associated with name of parameter.

Once you have a script set up, you can inactivate the file at any time through the ARA menu settings.

The ara_MSSQL.cmd batch file can perform operating system commands as well as SQL commands using isql. When this batch file is called, PATROL automatically passes the batch file information, such as the name of the alarming instance (for example, database, user, or SQL Server name), the parameter name, the alarm state, and the value of the parameter causing the alert.

You can also execute this ara_mssql.cmd script using operating system commands independent from the PATROL console.

Output to task window

Execute PSL and OS recovery actions through parameter property definition

Execute ara_MSSQL.cmd script

Execute ARA menu settings

Message to Windows desktop

send SNMP traps Create output file

Annotate parameter

Trigger event in PATROL Event

Manager

Output to %PATROL_TEMP%

Annotation to parameter window

Event created

Execute net send

Messages to SNMP managers

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 151

Page 152: SQL SVR KM

Viewing the parameter recovery process

The parameter name generally determines the action steps taken. It is important to note that the actual command executed is located in the ara_MSSQL.cmd file. You can create a different ara_MSSQL.cmd file for each computer that PATROL is monitoring, but the command applies to all of the SQL Servers monitored by that PATROL Agent.

To add a command in the ara_MSSQL.cmd file

In deciding upon a command to enter in the ara_MSSQL.cmd file, keep the following general rules in mind:

■ Limit the amount of output generated by the query; PATROL executes the query and reads all rows returned by the query.

■ Use queries with short execution times (the query places an additional load on the SQL Server)

■ Do not enter queries that require system administrator privileges.

1 Using a text editor, navigate to and open the ara_MSSQL.cmd file.

2 Read the instructions and information provided in the ara_MSSQL.cmd file.

3 In the ara_MSSQL.cmd file, navigate to the parameter for which you want to create a recovery action.

4 Delete the following statement under the selected parameter name:

goto NO_RECOVERY_ACTION

5 Under the parameter name, add the command that you want this parameter to execute whenever it crosses an alarm or warning threshold.

6 Save and close the ara_MSSQL.cmd file.

The next time the selected parameter goes into an alarm or warning state, the command you created should execute. If it does not, review the following conditions:

■ check the syntax in your command

■ make sure the parameter you selected is configured to perform recovery actions and has alarm ranges and alarm actions enabled.

NOTE The ara_MSSQL.cmd file is a Windows command file that executes on the Agent system. It uses the PATROL user login you entered in the SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box.

152 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 153: SQL SVR KM

Viewing the parameter recovery process

Activating the net send option

If you activate the net send command, the ARA function builds a small message describing the problem and sends this message to each name listed in the ARA_SENDTO PATROL Agent configuration variable. The receiving computers see a Microsoft SQL Server message on the desktop.

Activating the SNMP trap option

If you activate the SNMP trap option when you issue the net send command, the ara_MSSQL( ) function sends the message to all registered SNMP managers. For information about registering SNMP managers to receive traps, see the PATROL Agent Reference Manual section about the configuration variable snmp/p1V1m_list.

Activating the output file option

If you activate the output file option, the recovery action text is sent to the %PATROL_TEMP% directory. The following file naming convention is automatically used:

SQL_Server_name-parameter_name.out

Activating the annotate parameter option

If you activate the annotate parameter option, the recovery action text is sent to the parameter annotation window for that parameter warning or alarm.

Activating the event trigger option

If you activate the event trigger option, the parameter warning or alarm generates an event in the PATROL Event Manager with the recovery action text. For information about accessing the PATROL Event Manager, see the PATROL User Guide for your console.

NOTE To receive messages through net send, each receiving computer must have the Windows Messenger service started.

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 153

Page 154: SQL SVR KM

Using the ARA Settings menu commands

Using the ARA Settings menu commands

Using the ARA Settings menu commands, you can customize automated recovery actions for all parameters of a monitored SQL Server. You can also test current automated recovery actions.

To change the ARA settings

To change the automated recovery actions that PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server performs when the parameters connected to the ARA function go into a warning or an alarm state, choose KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => Set Default Actions from the Server application pop-up menu.

To change or add to the Windows message recipients

To customize the list of Windows message recipients who receive a net send message whenever one of the ARA parameters goes into an alert state, you must

■ select the net send automated recovery option using KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => Set Default Actions

■ make sure that each of the recipients you enter has the Microsoft SQL Server Messenger service started

■ choose KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => Set Send To Names from the Server application pop-up menu, and enter the names.

To test current ARA settings

To test current ARA settings use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => ARA Test menu command from the Server application pop-up menu. This test causes the ARATest parameter to go into an alarm state so that you can verify that the automated recovery actions perform correctly. This test also resets the ARATest parameter back to an OK state.

154 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 155: SQL SVR KM

Parameters affected in general user monitoring mode

Parameters affected in general user monitoring mode

If PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is running in general monitoring user mode, you cannot obtain the values of certain parameters because that action requires the admin privilege. However, the status of these parameters remains online. Table 13 lists the parameters.

Parameters partially affected in a recovery action

The parameters listed in Table 14 require admin privileges to run a DBCC command to populate the SQL statement of the report created in a recovery action. If PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is running in general user mode, the DBCC command cannot run.

BMC recommends that you disable the DBCC command by setting the value of the /MSSQLServer/AgentHostName\\InstanceName/DBCC_PSS_Disabled pconfig variable to 1. The DBCC_PSS_Disabled pconfig variable is not configured by default in the configuration settings. You must manually add the variable in the configuration settings and set the value to 1. If the value of the DBCC_PSS_Disabled pconfig variable is not set to 1, the report shows a blank SQL statement.

Table 13 Parameters affected in the general monitoring user mode

Application class Parameter

Collectors LongRunningTrans

LongRunningTransColl

Procedure Cache PCProcBuffersUsedPct

PCProcBuffersActivePct

PCProcCacheActivePct

PCProcCacheUsedPct

ProcedureCacheColl

Table 14 Parameters partially affected in a recovery action

Application class Parameter

Availability BlockerProcs

Performance CpuIdle

CpuIoBusy

Database LongRunningTrans

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 155

Page 156: SQL SVR KM

Viewing SQL information

Viewing SQL informationPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server enables you to view and obtain information about SQL commands using the SQL Snapshot utility.

SQL Snapshot enables you to display the last SQL statement sent by a client process. This feature enables you to examine the SQL statements that a problem process is currently executing.

Viewing SQL commands with SQL Snapshot

SQL Snapshot enables you to view the last SQL statement sent by a SQL Server client process. SQL Snapshot uses DBCC INPUT BUFFER and can only display the first 255 bytes of the SQL statement. SQL Snapshot displays the last SQL statement for a process under the following conditions:

■ Whenever the client process executes a stored procedure or trigger, SQL Snapshot displays the name of the stored procedure or trigger and the text of the line that is currently executing within the stored procedure or trigger.

■ Whenever a process causes one of the following parameters to go into an alarm state, the recovery action report also lists the last SQL statement that the process used.

— BlockerProcs— CpuBusy— CpuIoBusy— IdleProcs

■ Whenever you select one of the following submenu commands in the SQL Snapshot menu, SQL Snapshot displays a report containing the last SQL statements generated by the processes described by the submenu command.

— Active Processes— All Processes— Blocked Processes

Setting up SQL Snapshot

To use SQL Snapshot, you must specify a SQL Server account with System Administrator privilege. Normally, you specify these accounts when you set up PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server, but you may need to verify or change the accounts.

156 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 157: SQL SVR KM

Viewing SQL commands with SQL Snapshot

To verify and change PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server accounts that SQL Snapshot uses, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Instance Setup menu command in the Server application pop-up menu.

Using SQL Snapshot

Table 15 on page 157 displays a list of tasks for displaying SQL for selected users and processes that you can perform using a PATROL Operator Console or a PATROL Developer Console.

You can display SQL statements for all or selected user processes, for blocked and blocking processes, and for a particular user.

WARNING Do not attempt to display all SQL statements for all users and processes unless you have the appropriate resources. If you have a large number of users or processes, using the SQL Snapshot => All Processes menu command can use a significant amount of resources and execute for a long time.

Table 15 Tasks for displaying SQL for processes and users

Task Menu command

To display the last SQL statement for all users and all processes

use the SQL Snapshot => All Processes menu command in the Server application pop-up menu

Warning: Do not use this menu command unless you have the appropriate resources. If you have a large number of users or processes, this menu command can use a significant amount of resources and take a long time.

To display SQL statements for blocked processes

use the SQL Snapshot => Blocked Processes menu command in the Server application pop-up menu

To display SQL statements for a currently active user

use the SQL Snapshot => Active Processes menu command in the Server application pop-up menu

To display SQL statements for a specific user or process

use the SQL Snapshot for User menu command in the User application pop-up menu

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 157

Page 158: SQL SVR KM

Managing the global channel

Managing the global channelPATROL for Microsoft SQL Server establishes a global channel to each SQL Server instance detected. PATROL uses this global channel to gather the information it needs to monitor the SQL Server instances. PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides menu commands that perform the following tasks:

■ access information on the status of the global channel■ reset the global channel

Accessing the Global Channel menu commands

To access the global channel menu commands, choose KM Admin => Global Channel Info or Global Channel Reset from a Server application pop-up menu.

For step-by-step instructions, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Monitoring the Global Channel lock requests

To monitor the global channel, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server provides the GlobalChannelLockErrors parameter, which goes into an alert state when five or more global channel lock requests have not been granted.

For more information, see the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help and Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults.”

Where to go from hereThe following table suggests topics that you should read next:

Topic Source of Information

how to access the KM menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

Appendix A, “Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help”

definitions and default values for parameters

Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults”

consumer and collector parameter dependencies

Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies”

158 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 159: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

PATROL Agent configuration variables Appendix D, “Agent configuration variables”

detailed descriptions of the applications, menu commands, parameters, and InfoBoxes

PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help

Topic Source of Information

Chapter 5 Working with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server 159

Page 160: SQL SVR KM

Where to go from here

160 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 161: SQL SVR KM

A p p e n d i x A

A Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help

BMC Software offers several PATROL consoles from which you can view a PATROL Knowledge Module (KM). Because of the different environments in which these consoles run, each one uses a different method to display and access information in the KM. This appendix provides instructions for accessing the KM menu commands and InfoBoxes. It also provides instructions for accessing the online Help. See the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help for more detailed information about navigation in the PATROL Consoles.

In this appendix, the following topics are discussed:

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Accessing online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Appendix A Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help 161

Page 162: SQL SVR KM

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes

Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxesTable 16 provides information about how to access KM commands and InfoBoxes from the various PATROL consoles.

For more information about menu commands and InfoBoxes, see “Product components” on page 20.

Table 16 Accessing KM commands and InfoBoxes

Console Menu commands InfoBoxes

PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Servers

In either the Desktop tree tab or the work area, right-click a computer or application icon and choose KM Commands from the pop-up menu.

In either the Desktop tree tab or the work area, right-click a computer, application class, or parameter icon and choose InfoBox from the pop-up menu.

PATROL Console for UNIX In the work area, right-click a computer or application icon to display a pop-up menu that contains KM-specific commands.

With the middle mouse button, click an application class or parameter icon.

PATROL Central Operator – Windows Edition

In the navigation pane, right-click a managed system or application icon and choose Knowledge Module Commands from the pop-up menu.

In the navigation pane, right-click a PATROL object and choose InfoBox from the pop-up menu.

PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition

In the tree view area, right-click an application icon and choose Knowledge Module Commands from the pop-up menu.

In the tree view area, right-click a PATROL object and choose Infobox from the pop-up menu.

162 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 163: SQL SVR KM

Accessing online Help

Accessing online HelpTable 17 provides information about how to access Help from each console.

NOTE If you are trying to access Help from a UNIX console, see the PATROL Installation Reference Manual for specific instructions about installing and setting up a browser in the UNIX environment.

Table 17 Accessing online Help

ConsoleTo access product help

To access application class help To access parameter help

PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows Servers

From the console menu bar, choose Help => Help Topics => PATROL Knowledge Modules.

Double-click an application class in the KM tab of the console. From the Application Properties dialog box, click the Help tab. Then click Show Help.

■ Right-click a parameter icon and choose Help On from the pop-up menu.

■ Double-click a parameter icon; click the ? icon or Help button in the parameter display window.

■ Double-click a parameter in the KM tab of the console; from the properties dialog box, click the Help tab; then click Show Help.

PATROL Console for UNIX

From the console menu bar, choose Help On => Knowledge Modules.

Choose Attributes => Application Classes and double-click the application name. Click Show Help in the Application Definition dialog box.

Right-click a parameter icon and click Help On.

PATROL Central Operator – Windows Edition

From the console menu bar, choose Help => Help Topics. In the Contents tab, click the name of your product.

In the Operator tab of the navigation pane, select an application icon and press F1.

In the Operator tab of the navigation pane, select a parameter icon and press F1.

PATROL Central Operator – Web Edition

In the upper right corner of PATROL Central, click Help and choose PATROL KM Help.

In the tree view, right-click an application class and choose Help.

In the tree view, right-click a parameter and choose Help.

Appendix A Accessing menu commands, InfoBoxes, and online Help 163

Page 164: SQL SVR KM

Accessing online Help

164 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 165: SQL SVR KM

A p p e n d i x B

B Parameter definitions and defaults

This appendix contains a definition and default values for each parameter used in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.

For more information about individual parameters, refer to the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help. For information about the dependencies between standard collector and consumer parameters, see Appendix C, “Consumer-collector parameter dependencies.”

In this appendix, the following topics are discussed:

Column headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Abbreviations defined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Parameter table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Availability Application Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Cache Application Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Capacity Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Collectors Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Database Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Disk Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Error Log Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180File Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Filegroup Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Locks Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Network Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Objects Application Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Performance Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Procedure Cache Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Published Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Subscribers Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193User–Defined Counters Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Users Application Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 165

Page 166: SQL SVR KM

Column headings

Column headingsThe column headings used in Table 18 on page 168 are defined as follows:

Parameter states the parameter name and describes the parameter’s function; for consumer parameters, lists the collector parameters that gather the data displayed by this parameter

Active atinstallation

indicates whether the parameter is active or inactive by default

Parametertype

indicates the parameter type: standard (Std) gathers and displays a single data value; collector (Coll) gathers multiple data values but has no display capabilities; consumer (Con) displays values gathered by collector or standard parameters. Some standard parameters have collector properties.

Borderrange

defines the default range for the parameter; can be set so that values that fall outside this range trigger warnings, alarms, or recovery actions

Alarm1range

specifies the thresholds for the first-level alarm

Alarm2range

specifies the thresholds for the second-level alarm

Scheduling(poll time)

specifies how frequently the parameter runs and collects data (polling cycle); not applicable to consumer parameters

Icon style specifies whether the parameter is represented as a graph, gauge, text box, stoplight (signal), or Boolean state

Unit specifies the unit of measure in which the parameter output is expressed, such as a percentage, a number, or bytes

166 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 167: SQL SVR KM

Abbreviations defined

Abbreviations definedThe following abbreviations are used in Table 18 on page 168:

bool Boolean; shows a state, such as on or off, OK or not OK

coll collector parameter

con consumer parameter

disc discovery; refers to the PATROL discovery process

GB gigabyte or gigabytes

hr hour or hours

KB kilobyte or kilobytes

MB megabyte or megabytes

MHz megahertz

min minute or minutes

msec millisecond or milliseconds

N no; parameter is inactive after KM is installed

NA not applicable; a value cannot be set

nsec nanosecond or nanoseconds

sec second or seconds

std standard parameter

TB terabyte or terabytes

undef undefined; a value can be set, but no default is provided

warn warning; type of alert

Y yes; parameter is active after KM is installed

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 167

Page 168: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Parameter tableTable 18 contains a short definition and all of the default values for each parameter in PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server. The parameters are grouped alphabetically by application class.

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 1 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Availability Application Class

ARATest

Allows testing of automated recovery actions without triggering false alarms on the parameters you are monitoring. You can set automated recovery actions by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings menu command. You can test that setting through the ARA Settings => ARA Test menu command.

Collector: none

Y con <0, >100warn

0-50OK

50–100alarm

NA graph test results

BlockerProcs

Provides information about processes that are holding locks and blocking other processes longer than the time period set by using the Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command (120 seconds by default). This parameter does not monitor logons that you excluded by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User menu command.

Collector: MonProbUsers

Y con undef 1–100alarm

undef set by coll

graph number of processes

ConnectionsAvailable

Tests to see if PATROL can connect to the database with an OSQL connection.

Y con undef 1–1 alarm undef NA graph user connections remaining

168 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 169: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Failover

Appears only when the instance is running on a virtual PATROL Agent in a cluster.

Creates an annotation that contains information about a failover whenever a failover occurs. The alarm for this parameter is disabled by default; you can enable the alarm by using the Monitoring Setup menu command.

If a failover is detected and the alarm is disabled, the value is set to 1; if a failover is detected and the alarm is enabled, the value is set to 2.

Collector: MSSQL_SERVER.km discovery

Y con undef 1–1 OK

2–2 alarm set by coll

graph 1 or 2

NumBlockedProcesses

Monitors the number of processes that are blocked.

Collector: ProcessColl

Y con <0, >15 alarm

undef undef set by coll

gauge number of processes

SQLAgentJobFailures

Monitors the completion status of the jobs that the SQL Server Agent runs. These jobs usually include scheduled backup and maintenance procedures.

You can clear the alarm by using the Reset Parameter Alarm menu command.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 15 min graph number of failed jobs

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 2 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 169

Page 170: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

SQLAgentStatus

Monitors the up and down status of the SQL Server Agent when SQL Server Agent monitoring is enabled. It is disabled by default. You can switch SQL Server Agent monitoring on and off by using the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command.

Y std undef 1–1alarm

undef 5 min bool none

SQLServerStatus

Tracks the status of the SQL Server. If parameter history collection is enabled, then statistics on the availability of the SQL Server are collected over long periods. If SQL Server goes off line, and it was not shut down from within PATROL, then SQLServerStatus goes into an alarm state.

Collector: MSSQL_SERVER.km (SQL Server discovery)

Y con undef 1–1alarm

undef NA bool none

SuspectDatabases

Determines which databases, if any, are marked as suspect (corrupt) by the SQL Server. This parameter only monitors databases that are setup for monitoring. However, when it goes into an alarm state, this parameter generates a report that lists all suspect databases, including those that are not monitored.

Y std undef 1–1alarm

undef 4 hr bool none

Cache Application Class

BufferCacheHitRatio

Displays the ratio of cache hits to cache lookups.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef NA graph ratio of cache hits to lookups

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 3 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

170 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 171: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

NumberOfFreeBuffers

Displays the number of cache buffers that are in the free buffer pool.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of free buffers

PageLifeExpectancy

Displays the number of seconds a page stays in the buffer pool without any reference.

For Online Transaction Processing (OLTP), the value of an average page life expectancy is 300 seconds. A parameter value of less than 300 seconds might indicate one of the following conditions:

■ memory pressure■ missing indexes■ cache flush

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef 0-300 undef NA graph seconds

Capacity Application Class

ConnectionsRemaining

Monitors the number of user connections available for use on the SQL Server and goes into an alarm state when the number falls below the alarm thresholds.

This parameter uses the MASTER .. SYSCURCONFIGS table to determine the maximum number of user connections that are allowed and the SQL Server General Statistics counter, User Connections, to calculate the number of connections remaining.

Collector: CurConfigsColl

Y con undef 0–2alarm

3–4warn

set by coll

graph number of available connections

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 4 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 171

Page 172: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

IdleProcs

Provides information about processes that are idle longer than the amount of time set by using the Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command (20 minutes by default). This parameter does not monitor processes that you excluded from monitoring by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User menu command.

Collector: MonProbUsers

Y con undef 1–100alarm

undef set by coll

graph number of idle processes

LocksRemaining

Monitors the number of locks that are available for use, as defined in the MASTER .. SYSCURCONFIGS table. This parameter does not display if the SQL Server is set to dynamically configure lock resources, which is the default configuration.

Collector: CurConfigsColl

Y con undef 1–50alarm

51–75warn

set by coll

graph number of available locks

NumProcesses

Tracks the number of SQL Server processes. This value is derived from the total number of rows in the MASTER .. SYSPROCESSES table.

Collector: ProcessColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of processes

UserConnections

Displays the number of user connections.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of connections

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 5 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

172 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 173: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Collectors Application Class

CheckConfiguration

Ensures that the PATROL Agent default account exists and that it has SQL Server administrator privileges; installs the sp_patrol_ monitor and sp_patrol_user stored procedures in the SQL Server master database; ensures that the SQL Server performance counters are available to PATROL; gathers data on the availability of the global channel; and, upon a global channel failure, attempts to reconnect to the global channel.

Other parameters check the status of this parameter before executing, and parameters collecting data report any global channel lock timeouts to this parameter.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min bool none

ConfigUpdates

Checks for changes to the PATROL Configuration Variables. When a change is detected, this parameter creates an annotation that contains the name of the configuration variable that was changed and information about how it was changed.

Y std undef undef undef 55 min text none

CurConfigsColl

Gathers information from the SQL Server MASTER .. SYSCURCONFIGS table pertaining to SQL Server configuration.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 15 min bool none

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 6 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 173

Page 174: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

DbSpaceColl

Collects information about files and file groups. It uses sp_spaceused to calculate the space available, based on the settings for the database; for example, maxsize or current size plus x percent. For more information, see the online Help.

Warning: This parameter does not function correctly when the db file is mapped to a shared drive by using a universal naming convention (UNC) format.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 34 min bool none

DbStructureColl

Collects information about monitored databases. Creates and destroys file and file group instances.

Note: This parameter does not discover or monitor databases with names that contain characters other than A–Z, a–z, 0–9, and underscore (_).

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min bool none

GlobalVarsColl

Collects various SQL Server statistics using SQL Server global variables (for example, @@CPU_BUSY), then calculates the change in the value of these global variables between poll cycles. For more details, see the online Help.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min bool none

LocksColl

Collects information about all the locks that are within SQL Server.

This collector uses the SQL Server Locks performance counters to calculate the wait times and number of requests for locks by database, table, extent, page, row I.D., or key for instances of SQL Server.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 15 min bool none

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 7 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

174 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 175: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

LogSpaceColl

Collects information about the amount of log space used by the databases that PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is monitoring. This parameter makes calculations based on DBCC SQLPERF (LOGSPACE) and takes into account the autogrow settings. For more details, see the online Help.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 24 min bool none

LongRunningTransColl

Monitors the oldest open transaction. Long-running transactions are those transactions that are open for longer than one poll cycle of this parameter (the default poll cycle is 10 minutes). System Administrator or Database Administrator privileges are required for proper execution of this parameter.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 10 min bool none

MonProbUsers

Collects information about processes that are blocking other processes (blocker processes) and processes that are idle. To determine the amount of time configured for blocker or idle processes, see KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin. This parameter does not monitor logins that you excluded from monitoring by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User menu command.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min 30 sec

bool none

ObjectSizeColl

Collects information about and monitors the size of database objects, and creates and destroys the Objects application instances.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 4 hr bool none

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 8 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 175

Page 176: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

ProcedureCacheColl

Collects information about the SQL Server procedure cache. To calculate the values for the procedure cache consumer parameters, this parameter uses the SQL Server DBCC PROCCACHE command for SQL Server.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 15 min bool none

ProcessColl

Collects information about the status and number of processes that are running on the SQL Server.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min bool none

ReplicationColl

Collects information about transactions that are delivered from the transaction log of the publication database to the distribution database and transactions that are delivered from the distribution database to the destination database; gathers information about all servers subscribing to published articles; and creates and destroys the Published and Subscribers application instances.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 10 min bool none

ResponseColl

Measures the amount of time it takes to connect to the SQL Server, execute a simple query, and return a response by executing and then monitoring the progress of a sample SQL statement. For more information, see the online Help.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 10 min bool none

SQLServerColl

Collects statistics about SQL Server performance.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 5 min bool none

UserDefinedCountersColl

Collects information from User Settable object for SQL Server.

Y std <0, >0alarm

undef undef 15 min bool none

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 9 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

176 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 177: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Database Application Class

DatabaseSpaceUsedMB

Displays (in megabytes) the amount of used space (the size of the database device or files minus the unallocated space within the database).

If the /MSSQLServer/A_DBSPMB_ENABLED pconfig variable is set to 1, the DBCC showfilestats command (instead of sp_spaceused) is used for space calculation.

Note: The DBCC showfilestats command is undocumented.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of database space used

DatabaseSpaceUsedPct

Monitors the percentage of available space that is used (the space used divided by the sum of the database size, plus any free disk space for autogrow files or the maxsize set).

Note: The values for this parameter do not match the values provided by the Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Manager because the KM takes into account autogrow settings and free disk space.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con <0, >100warn

85–95warn

95–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of database space used

LogSpaceUsedMB

Displays (in megabytes) the amount of transaction log space that is used.

Collector: LogSpaceColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of transaction log space used

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 10 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 177

Page 178: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

LogSpaceUsedPct

Displays the percentage of the transaction log that is used.

Note: The values for this parameter do not match the values that are provided by the Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Manager because the KM takes into account autogrow settings and free disk space.

Collector: LogSpaceColl

Y con <0, >100alarm

70–80warn

80–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of transaction log space used

LongRunningTrans

Displays information about the oldest long-running transaction. Long-running transactions are transactions that are open for longer than one poll of the LongRunningTransColl standard collector parameter.

Collector: LongRunningTransColl

Y con undef 1–1alarm

undef set by coll

bool none

NumCurrentLocks

This parameter displays the number of locks granted for the database.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of locks

NumCurrentUsers

This parameter displays the number of User Processes granted for the database.

Collector: ProcessColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of Processes

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 11 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

178 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 179: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Disk Application Class

DiskIoErrors

Monitors the number of disk errors that SQL Server encounters while reading and writing to disk. This value represents the number of errors that occurred between polls of the @@TOTAL_ERRORS global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con <0, >0alarm

undef undef set by coll

graph number of disk I/O errors

DiskIoReads

Monitors the number of disk reads that SQL Server performs between polls of the @@TOTAL_READ global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of disk I/O reads

DiskIoWrites

Monitors the number of disk writes that SQL Server performs between polls of the @@TOTAL_WRITE global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of disk I/O writes

LazyWritesPerSec

Displays the number of pages that lazywriter flushes to disk per second. The size of a page is 8 KB.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of pages flushed to disk per sec

OutstandingReads

Displays the number of physical reads that are pending.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of pending reads

OutstandingWrites

Displays the number of physical writes that are pending.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of pending writes

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 12 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 179

Page 180: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Error Log Application Class

ErrorLogColl

Monitors the SQL Server and SQL Server Agent error logs for updates, filters new log entries for the user-defined search strings, and sends information about any user-defined search strings that it detects to the ErrorLogUpdates parameter.

Y coll undef 2-2 warn 3-3 alarm 10 min graph none

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree

Displays, in megabytes (MB), the amount of free space on the disk drive where the error log file is located.

Collector: ErrorLogColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of free space on disk drive

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold

Monitors whether the amount of space that is free on the disk where the error log resides is below the user-defined threshold.

Note: These alarm values cannot be changed; they are hard-coded flags that work in conjunction with the Error Log Free Disk Space menu command.

Collector: ErrorLogColl

Y con undef 2-2 warn 3-3 alarm set by coll

graph none

ErrorLogSizeMB

Displays, in megabytes (MB), the size of the error log file.

Collector: ErrorLogColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of space in error log file

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 13 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

180 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 181: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

ErrorLogSizeThreshold

User-defined threshold for the ErrorLogSizeMB parameter.

Note: These alarm values cannot be changed; they are hard-coded flags that work in conjunction with the Error Log Size Monitoring menu command.

Collector: ErrorLogColl

Y con undef 2-2 3-3 set by coll

graph none

ErrorLogUpdates

Monitors the SQL Server error log for updates. This parameter goes into an alarm state if the updated error log text contains one of the strings entered using the KM Admin => Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command from an Error Log application class instance.

Collector: ErrorLogColl

Y con undef 2-2 warn 3-3 alarm set by coll

graph none

File Application Class

FileSizeMB

Displays (in megabytes) the size of the database file. This value is obtained from the sysfiles table.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph size of file in MB

SpaceUsedMB

Displays (in megabytes) the amount of file space that is used by the database file.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph used space in MB

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 14 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 181

Page 182: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

SpaceUsedPCT

Displays the percentage of the database file that is full. When this value is calculated, account autogrow settings and free disk space are taken into account.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef 80–90warn

90–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of file space used

Filegroup Application Class

SpaceUsedMB

Displays (in megabytes) the amount of the file group space that is used.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph used file group space in MB

SpaceUsedPCT

Displays the percentage of the database file group that is full. When this value is calculated, autogrow settings and free disk space are taken into account.

Collector: DbSpaceColl

Y con undef 80–90warn

90–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of space used

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 15 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

182 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 183: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Locks Application Class

DatabaseLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time caused by database lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters for the database instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph wait time in msec

DatabaseLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new database locks and lock conversions that lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the Lock Requests/sec performance counter for the database instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of lock requests per sec

DatabaseLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of database lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the Lock Requests/sec and Lock Waits/sec performance counters for the database instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of database locks per sec that had to wait

ExtentLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time that was caused by extent lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters for the extent instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph average wait time in msec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 16 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 183

Page 184: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

ExtentLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new extent locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Requests/sec performance counter for the extent instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of lock requests per sec

ExtentLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of new extent lock requests per second that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Lock Requests/sec performance counters for the extent instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of new extent lock requests per sec that had to wait

KeyLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time that was caused by key lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters for the key instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph average wait time in msec

KeyLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new key locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Requests/sec performance counter for the key instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of new lock requests per sec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 17 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

184 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 185: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

KeyLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of key lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Lock Requests/sec performance counters for the key instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of key lock requests per sec that had to wait

LockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of all locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Requests/sec performance counter.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of lock requests per sec

LockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of all lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Lock Requests/sec performance counters.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of lock requests per sec that had to wait

PageLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time that was caused by page lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters for the page instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph average wait time in msec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 18 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 185

Page 186: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

PageLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new page locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Requests/sec performance counter for the page instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of new page lock requests per sec

PageLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of page lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Lock Requests/sec performance counters for the page instance.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of lock requests per sec that had to wait

RIDLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time that was caused by row ID lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Locks Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph average wait time in msec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 19 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

186 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 187: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

RIDLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new row ID locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Locks Requests/sec performance counter.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of row ID lock requests per sec

RIDLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of row ID lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Locks Waits/sec and Lock Requests/sec performance counters.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of row ID lock requests per sec that had to wait

TableLockAvgWaitTime

Displays (in milliseconds) the average amount of wait time that was caused by table lock requests. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Locks Waits/sec and Average Wait Time (ms) performance counters.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph average wait time in msec

TableLockRequestsPerSec

Displays the number of new table locks and lock conversions that the lock manager requested per second. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Requests/sec performance counter.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of new table lock requests per sec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 20 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 187

Page 188: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

TableLockRequestWaitPercent

Displays the percentage of table lock requests that required a caller to wait. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server Lock Waits/sec and Lock Requests/secperformance counters.

Collector: LocksColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of table lock requests per sec that had to wait

Network Application Class

PacketErrors

Monitors the number of packet errors that SQL Server encounters while reading and writing network packets. This value represents the number of errors that occur between polls of the @@PACKET_ERRORS global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con <0, >99alarm

undef undef set by coll

graph number of packet errors

PacketsReceived

Monitors the number of network packets that SQL Server receives between polls of the @@PACK_ RECEIVED global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of packets received

PacketsSent

Monitors the number of network packets that SQL Server sends between polls of the @@PACK_SENT global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of packets sent

Objects Application Class

ObjectDataSizeMB

Displays (in megabytes) the total amount of space that is used by data in the table or index which you are monitoring.

Collector: ObjectSizeColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of space used by data

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 21 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

188 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 189: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

ObjectReservedSizeMB

Displays (in megabytes) the total amount of space that is reserved for use by the table or index which you are monitoring, including space for data and system information and space not used.

Collector: ObjectSizeColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph MB of space used

RowCountEstimate

Provides an estimate of the number of rows in a table. This parameter is not available when the monitored object is an index.

Collector: ObjectSizeColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of rows in table

Performance Application Class

AvgLatchWaitTime

Displays the average wait time (in milliseconds) for latch requests that had to wait.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef NA graph milliseconds

CacheHitRatio

Displays the percentage of requests for data that the SQL Server can satisfy from memory (data cache) rather than reading the data from a disk. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the SQL Server:Buffer Manager => Buffer Cache Hit Ratio performance counter for SQL Server. For recommendations, see the online Help.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con <0, >100 alarm

0–50alarm after two times

50–70warn after two times

set by coll

graph percentage of time a request is found in cache

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 22 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 189

Page 190: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

CpuBusy

Monitors the percentage of time that the SQL Server is busy between polls of the @@CPU_BUSY global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con <0, >100alarm

90–95warn

95–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of time the SQL Server was busy

CpuIdle

Monitors the percentage of time that SQL Server is idle between polls of the @@IDLE global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con <0, >100alarm

0–5alarm

6–10warn

set by coll

graph percentage of time the SQL Server was idle

CpuIoBusy

Monitors the percentage of time that SQL Server performs input and output operations between polls of the @@IO_BUSY global variable.

Collector: GlobalVarsColl

Y con <0, >100warn

30–40warn

40–100alarm

set by coll

graph percentage of time the SQL Server performed I/O operations

DeadlocksPerSec

Displays the number of lock requests per second that resulted in a deadlock.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef NA graph number of lock requests

FullScansPerSec

Displays the number of unrestricted full scans per second.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef NA graph number

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 23 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

190 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 191: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

ResponseExecTime

Provides the total operating response time (in milliseconds). The value of this parameter includes the time it takes a sample SQL statement to connect to SQL Server, execute a simple query, and return a response. See ResponseColl for information on how to change the sample SQL statement.

Collector: ResponseColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph operating response time in msec

ResponseSqlTime

Provides the amount of time (in milliseconds) that it takes SQL Server to execute a simple query when a sample SQL statement is executed. This parameter is formed by subtracting the connect and disconnect times from the information that is gathered by ResponseColl, leaving only the amount of time that SQL Server took to execute the query.

Collector: ResponseColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph SQL response time in msec

TransactionsPerSec

Displays the number of Transact-SQL command batches that are executed per second. This number is affected by all constraints, such as, I/O, number of users, cache size, and complexity of the requests. PATROL uses the SQL Statistics => Bath Requests/sec performance counter to calculate the value of this parameter.

Collector: SQLServerColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of tsql batches executed per sec

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 24 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 191

Page 192: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Procedure Cache Application Class

PCProcBuffersActivePct

Monitors the percentage of procedure buffers that are actively used. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the DBCC PROCCACHE command for SQL Server.

Collector: ProcedureCacheColl

Y con <0, >100OK

undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of buffers actively used

PCProcBuffersUsedPct

Monitors the percentage of procedure buffers in the procedure cache that are used. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the DBCC PROCCACHE command for SQL Server.

Collector: ProcedureCacheColl

Y con <0, >100OK

undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of buffers used

PCProcCacheActivePct

Monitors the percentage of procedure cache that is active. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the DBCC PROCCACHE command for SQL Server.

Collector: ProcedureCacheColl

Y con <0, >100OK

undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of active cache

PCProcCacheUsedPct

Monitors the percentage of procedure cache that is used. To calculate this value, PATROL uses the DBCC PROCCACHE command for SQL Server.

Collector: ProcedureCacheColl

Y con <0, >100OK

undef undef set by coll

graph percentage of used cache

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 25 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

192 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 193: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

Published Application Class

ReplicatedCmdsPerSec

Displays the number of replication commands that were read out of the transaction log of the publication database and delivered to the distribution database per second.

Collector: ReplicationColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of commands per sec

ReplicatedTransPerSec

Displays the number of transactions that were read out of the transaction log for the publication database and delivered to the distribution database per second.

Collector: ReplicationColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of replicated transactions read per sec

Subscribers Application Class

DelieveredCmdsPerSec

Displays the number of delivered commands per second in the distribution database. This value is calculated by using the Delivered Cmds/sec performance counter under the SQLServer:Replication Dist. object.

Collector: ReplicationColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph delivered commands per second

DeliveredTransPerSec

Displays the number of transactions delivered per second.

Collector: ReplicationColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of transactions delivered per sec

DeliveryLatency

Displays the number of milliseconds that a transaction remains in the distribution database before it is delivered to the subscription server.

Collector: ReplicationColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of milliseconds transactions remain in distribution database

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 26 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 193

Page 194: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

User–Defined Counters Application Class

UserDefCounter1–10

Displays the user-defined Windows performance counters 1 through 10 that SQL Server sets.

Collector: UserDefinedCountersColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of CPU computer ticks

Users Application Class

UserBlocked

Gives a warning if one user process is blocked longer than the blocked detection time. Goes into alarm when two or more user processes are blocked longer than the blocked detection time.

Change the blocked detection time for all SQL Server user processes by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command. Change the blocked detection time for the selected user process through the Change Local Defaults menu command.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef 1–1warn

2–2alarm

set by coll

none none

UserColl

Collects data for the Users application class; sets all values for user and process parameters within the User application class.

Y std undef undef undef 10 min bool none

UserCpu

Displays the CPU time that a user connection and checkpoint process used since the last poll of the UserColl parameter.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of CPU computer ticks

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 27 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

194 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 195: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

UserIdle

Generates a warning if one user process remains idle longer than the idle detection time.

Change the idle detection time for all SQL Server user processes by using the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command under a Server application. Change the idle detection time for the selected user process by using the Change Local Defaults menu command under a User application.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef 1–1warn

undef set by coll

none none

UserIo

Displays the number of disk reads and writes for the user connection that you are monitoring.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of disk reads and writes

UserMemUsage

Displays the amount of memory (in in 8 KB pages) allocated to a user connection.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph number of pages of allocated memory

UserTotCpu

Displays the cumulative CPU time for a user connection and checkpoint process.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph CPU time ticks

UserTotIo

Displays the cumulative total number of disk reads and writes for the current statement.

Collector: UserColl

Y con undef undef undef set by coll

graph disk reads and writes

Table 18 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server parameters (Part 28 of 28)

Parameter Act

ive

atin

stal

lati

on

Para

met

erty

pe

Bord

erra

nge

Ala

rm1

rang

e

Ala

rm2

rang

e

Sche

dulin

g (p

oll t

ime)

Icon

sty

le

Uni

t

Appendix B Parameter definitions and defaults 195

Page 196: SQL SVR KM

Parameter table

196 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 197: SQL SVR KM

A p p e n d i x C

C Consumer-collector parameter dependencies

Consumer parameters depend on a collector parameter, or a standard parameter used as a collector, to set their values or to collect information. Disabling a standard collector parameter also disables the consumer parameters that it sets. (All of the collectors used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server are standard parameters with collector properties.)

Table 19 on page 198 lists the consumer parameters alphabetically in the first vertical column and the standard collector parameters alphabetically across the top of the table. Each consumer parameter is cross-referenced with the standard collector parameter that sets its value. The standard parameters that set only their own values and the consumer parameters that are set by something other than a collector or standard parameter are listed with the consumer parameters.

For more information about parameters, see Appendix B, “Parameter definitions and defaults,”and the PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server online Help.

Appendix C Consumer-collector parameter dependencies 197

Page 198: SQL SVR KM

Table 19 Consumer-collector parameter dependencies (Part 1 of 4)

Consumer Colle

ctor

CurC

onfi

gsCo

ll

DbS

pace

Coll

DbS

truc

ture

Coll

Erro

rLog

Coll

Glo

balV

arsC

oll

Lock

sCol

l

LogS

pace

Coll

Long

Runn

ingT

rans

Coll

Mon

Prob

Use

rs

Obj

ectS

izeC

oll

Proc

edur

eCac

heCo

ll

Proc

essC

oll

Repl

icat

ionC

oll

Resp

onse

Coll

SQLS

erve

rCol

l

Use

rCol

l

Use

rDef

ined

Coun

ters

Coll

Collector Poll Time (in minutes) 55 34 5 10 5 15 24 10 5.5 240 15 5 10 10 5 10 15

ARATest (set by ARA Test menu command)

AvgLatchWaitTime x

BlockerProcs x

BufferCacheHitRatio x

CacheHitRatio x

CheckConfiguration (standard parameter; poll time 5 minutes)

ConfigUpdates (standard parameter, poll time 55 minutes)

ConnectionsRemaining x

CpuBusy x

CpuIdle x

CpuIoBusy x

DatabaseLockAvgWaitTime x

DatabaseLockRequestsPerSec x

DatabaseLockRequestWaitPercent

x

DatabaseSpaceUsedMB x

DatabaseSpaceUsedPCT x

DeadlocksPerSec x

DeliveredCmdsPerSec x

DeliveredTransPerSec x

DeliveryLatency x

DiskIoErrors x

DiskIoReads x

DiskIoWrites x

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree x

ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree-Threshold

x

ErrorLogSizeMB x

198 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 199: SQL SVR KM

ErrorLogSizeThreshold x

ErrorLogUpdates x

ExtentLockAvgWaitTime x

ExtentLockRequestsPerSec x

ExtentLockRequestWaitPercent x

Failover (set by MSSQL_ SERVER.km discovery)

FileSizeMB x

FullScansPerSec x

IdleProcs x

KeyLockAvgWaitTime x

KeyLockRequestsPerSec x

KeyLockRequestWaitPercent x

LazyWritesPerSec x

LockRequestsPerSec x

LockRequestWaitPercent x

LocksRemaining x

LogSpaceUsedMB x

LogSpaceUsedPct x

LongRunningTrans x

NumberOfFreeBuffers x

NumBlockedProcesses x

NumProcesses x

NumCurrentUsers x

NumCurrentLocks x

ObjectDataSizeMB x

ObjectReservedSizeMB x

OutstandingReads x

OutstandingWrites x

PacketErrors x

Table 19 Consumer-collector parameter dependencies (Part 2 of 4)

Consumer Colle

ctor

CurC

onfi

gsCo

ll

DbS

pace

Coll

DbS

truc

ture

Coll

Erro

rLog

Coll

Glo

balV

arsC

oll

Lock

sCol

l

LogS

pace

Coll

Long

Runn

ingT

rans

Coll

Mon

Prob

Use

rs

Obj

ectS

izeC

oll

Proc

edur

eCac

heCo

ll

Proc

essC

oll

Repl

icat

ionC

oll

Resp

onse

Coll

SQLS

erve

rCol

l

Use

rCol

l

Use

rDef

ined

Coun

ters

Coll

Collector Poll Time (in minutes) 55 34 5 10 5 15 24 10 5.5 240 15 5 10 10 5 10 15

Appendix C Consumer-collector parameter dependencies 199

Page 200: SQL SVR KM

PacketsReceived x

PacketsSent x

PageLifeExpectancy x

PageLockAvgWaitTime x

PageLockRequestsPerSec x

PageLockRequestWaitPercent x

PCProcBuffersActivePct x

PCProcBuffersUsedPct x

PCProcCachActivePct x

PCProcCacheUsedPct x

ReplicatedCmdsPerSec x

ReplicatedTransPerSec x

ResponseExecTime x

ResponseSQLTime x

RIDLockAvgWaitTime x

RIDLockRequestsPerSec x

RIDLockRequestWaitPercent x

RowCountEstimate x

SpaceUsedMB (file) x

SpaceUsedPCT (file) x

SpaceUsedMB (filegroup) x

SpaceUsedPCT (filegroup) x

SQLAgentJobFailures (standard parameter; poll time 15 minutes)

SQLAgentStatus (standard parameter; poll time 5 minutes)

SQLServerStatus (set by discovery)

SuspectDatabases (standard parameter; poll time 240 minutes)

TableLockAvgWaitTime x

Table 19 Consumer-collector parameter dependencies (Part 3 of 4)

Consumer Colle

ctor

CurC

onfi

gsCo

ll

DbS

pace

Coll

DbS

truc

ture

Coll

Erro

rLog

Coll

Glo

balV

arsC

oll

Lock

sCol

l

LogS

pace

Coll

Long

Runn

ingT

rans

Coll

Mon

Prob

Use

rs

Obj

ectS

izeC

oll

Proc

edur

eCac

heCo

ll

Proc

essC

oll

Repl

icat

ionC

oll

Resp

onse

Coll

SQLS

erve

rCol

l

Use

rCol

l

Use

rDef

ined

Coun

ters

Coll

Collector Poll Time (in minutes) 55 34 5 10 5 15 24 10 5.5 240 15 5 10 10 5 10 15

200 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 201: SQL SVR KM

TableLockRequestsPerSec x

TableLockRequestWaitPercent x

TransactionsPerSec x

UserBlocked x

UserConnections x

UserCpu x

UserDefCounter1-10 x

UserIdle x

UserIo x

UserMemUsage x

UserTotCpu x

UserTotIo x

Table 19 Consumer-collector parameter dependencies (Part 4 of 4)

Consumer Colle

ctor

CurC

onfi

gsCo

ll

DbS

pace

Coll

DbS

truc

ture

Coll

Erro

rLog

Coll

Glo

balV

arsC

oll

Lock

sCol

l

LogS

pace

Coll

Long

Runn

ingT

rans

Coll

Mon

Prob

Use

rs

Obj

ectS

izeC

oll

Proc

edur

eCac

heCo

ll

Proc

essC

oll

Repl

icat

ionC

oll

Resp

onse

Coll

SQLS

erve

rCol

l

Use

rCol

l

Use

rDef

ined

Coun

ters

Coll

Collector Poll Time (in minutes) 55 34 5 10 5 15 24 10 5.5 240 15 5 10 10 5 10 15

Appendix C Consumer-collector parameter dependencies 201

Page 202: SQL SVR KM

202 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 203: SQL SVR KM

A p p e n d i x D

D Agent configuration variables

The configuration variables described in this section are PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server variables that are set in the PATROL Agent. For information about how to modify these variables, see Chapter 4, “Using PATROL Configuration Manager with PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server.”

For more detailed information, see the following BMC Software documentation products:

■ For summary information about wpconfig, see the PATROL Console for Microsoft Windows User Guide—Customizing PATROL, Volume 3.

■ For detailed information about how to use pconfig, see the PATROL Agent Reference Manual.

■ For detailed information about how to use the PATROL Configuration Manager, see the PATROL Configuration Manager User Guide, version 1.4.01 or later.

This section also lists variables that were formerly used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server but are now obsolete.

This appendix provides information about the following variables:

■ Agent configuration variables (Table 20 on page 204)■ Obsolete variables (Table 21 on page 218)

WARNING When you use the wpconfig utility or PATROL Configuration Manager to remove variables, add new variables, or modify existing variables, no validations are performed.

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 203

Page 204: SQL SVR KM

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 1 of 15)

Variable Description

Click /AgentSetup/MSSQL_SERVER.AgentHostName to display the following variables:

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccount

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.AgentHostName.

defaultAccount

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccount

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.AgentHostName.

defaultAccount

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

204 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 205: SQL SVR KM

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccount

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

/AgentSetup/

MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT.AgentHostName.

OSdefaultAccountAppliesToCmds

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

indicates the account information used to execute the OS commands and external executable files. See the PATROL Agent Reference Manual for more information.

Click /MSSQLServer to display the following variables:

/MSSQLServer/

DEBUG_DISC_STAT

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether DEBUG is turned on during discovery

■ 0 = DEBUG is turned off during discovery■ 1 = DEBUG is turned on during discovery

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => DEBUG menu command from the Server, User, or Database application.

/MSSQLServer/

DEBUG_PRE_DISC_STAT

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether DEBUG is turned on during pre-discovery

■ 0 = DEBUG is turned off during pre- discovery■ 1 = DEBUG is turned on during pre- discovery

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => DEBUG menu command from the Server, User, or Database application.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 2 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 205

Page 206: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/

SQLServersExcludedFromDiscovery

lists the SQL Servers excluded from discovery

You must enter this variable manually. It does not appear otherwise.

Enter the pconfig variable followed by the names of the SQL Servers that you want to exclude from monitoring, with a vertical pipe (|) character separating the names of the SQL Servers, as in the following example:

SQL8_TEST|MSSQLServer

This example excludes the following SQL Servers:

■ with the SQL Server name "ABC\SQL8_TEST", where ABC is the host name

■ with the Windows service name "MSSQLServer" for SQL Server with a default instance name

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

ExcludedDbs

stores the list of databases excluded from monitoring when Auto Discovery is set on

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Commands => KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Set DB Auto-Discovery command.

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/SQLERRORLOG/

EXCLUDED_ERRORLOG_STRINGS

stores the list of strings to be excluded from monitoring

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Exclude Errorlog String from Monitoring command from the SQLERRORLOG application class.

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

ExcludedLogins

stores the list of SQLServer logins

SQLAgent jobs owned by these logins are excluded from monitoring.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Exclude SQLAgent jobs from monitoring command from the Availability application class.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 3 of 15)

Variable Description

206 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 207: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/A_DBSPMB_ENABLED This variable is not present by default. If it is set to 1, the command DBCC showfilestats is used for space calculation instead of sp_spaceused.

Note: The DBCC showfilestats command is undocumented.

/MSSQLServer/ SQLServerInstanceName/ UserExListBlocked

This pconfig variable contains the list of Users excluded from monitoring of blocked processes.

/MSSQLServer/ SQLServerInstanceName/ UserExListIdle This pconfig variable contains the list of Users excluded from monitoring of idle processes.

/MSSQLServer/ SQLServerInstanceName/ blocked_waittime The processes having waittime greater than this variable are considered for the parameter NumBlockedProcesses.

The default value of this pconfig variable is 100 ms.

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

JobStepFailFlag

checks a job step failure if the value of this variable is set to 1

However, PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server ignores a job step failure if the Quit with success option is set for that job step.

The default value is 0, meaning PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server addresses a job step failure as a job failure even if the Quit with success option is set.

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

ExcludedJobCategories

stores the list of SQLServer Agent job categories that are excluded from monitoring

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Commands => Exclude SqlAgent jobs by Job Category command from the Availability application class.

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

ExcludedSQLServerJobNames

stores the list of SQLServer Agent job names that are excluded from monitoring

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Commands => Exclude SqlAgent jobs by JobNames command from the Availability application class.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 4 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 207

Page 208: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/SQLServerInstanceName/

GENUSERFLAG

determines whether PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server is configured for general user monitoring

The value of GENUSERFLAG must be one character long.

■ If the value is 0, the product is configured for sa user monitoring.

■ If the value is 1, the product is configured for general user monitoring.

■ If the value is null, or other than 1 or 0, the product is not configured for general user monitoring.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Commands => KM Admin => SQL Config Set up command.

/AgentSetup/

VirtualServerName

stores the virtual server name

This variable is required for Veritas cluster discovery.

When running SQL Server on a Veritas cluster, set the virtual server name in this variable. /AgentSetup/VirtualServerName should be the same as the virtual server name assigned to the PATROL_VIRTUALNAME_port. This name is case sensitive.

/AgentSetup/

Veritas_sql_server_group

stores the SQL Server group name

This variable is required for Veritas cluster discovery.

When running SQL Server on a Veritas cluster, set the SQL Server group name in this variable. /AgentSetup/Veritas_sql_server_group should be the same as the SQL Server group name.

/AgentSetup/

isVeritasCluster

stores information about the Veritas cluster

This variable is required for Veritas cluster discovery.

When running SQL Server on a Veritas cluster, the value for this variable must be equal to 1.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 5 of 15)

Variable Description

208 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 209: SQL SVR KM

Click /MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName to display the following variables:

/MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName/

BlockAutoLaunch

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether or not a user instance is created for users or sessions that are blocking other sessions

■ Yes = user instances are created■ No = user instances are not created

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

/MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName/

BlockedTime

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

indicates the amount of time a process can block another process before raising an alarm

The value for this variable is the amount of time in seconds entered as the blocked detection time. The default is 180 seconds.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName\\InstanceName/DBCC_PSS_Disabled

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent. You must enter this variable manually, it does not appear automatically.

turns off SQL Snapshot (DBCC output with trace)

■ 1 disables the retrieval of the SQL query text by the recovery actions.

■ any value other than 1 enables the retrieval of the SQL query text.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 6 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 209

Page 210: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName/

IdleAutoLaunch

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether or not a user instance is created for users or sessions that are idle

■ 0 = user instance is not created■ 1 = user instance is created

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

/MSSQL_Server/AgentHostName/

idle_procs_monitoring_enabled

disables and enables idle process monitoring

You must enter this variable manually. It does not appear automatically.

■ 0 disables idle process monitoring

■ any value other than 0 enables idle process monitoring

/MSSQL_Server/AgentHostName/

blocked_procs_monitoring_enabled

disables and enables blocked process mopnitoring

You must enter this variable manually. It does not appear automatically.

■ 0 disables blocked process monitoring

■ any value other than 0 enables blocked process monitoring

/MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName/

StoppedTime

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

indicates the idle detection time

The value for this variable is the amount of time in seconds entered as the idle detection time. The default is 20 minutes which displays as 1200 seconds.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 7 of 15)

Variable Description

210 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 211: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQL_SERVER/AgentHostName/

UserActive

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether or not a user instance is created for users or sessions that are idle

■ 1 = a user instance is created■ 0 = a user instance is not created

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Configure Auto User Monitoring menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

Click /MSSQLServer to display the following variables:

/charts/AgentHostName/name of chart Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the parameters included in a user-defined parameter charts

The value of this parameter is a list of parameter names separated by a new line character.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Reports => Parameter Charts => Custom Charts menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Creating customized parameter charts” on page 148.

Click /MSSQLServer/AgentHostName to display the following variables:

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

araAction

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

indicates the automatic recovery actions selected in the ARA Default Actions dialog box

See “Modifying the automatic recovery action variable” on page 103 for the values this variable uses. See also “Using automatic recovery actions” on page 149.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => Set Default Actions menu command from the Server application.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 8 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 211

Page 212: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

araSendTo

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the computer names and IP addresses to which you want the araSendTo option to send a message whenever one of several key parameters goes into an alert state

Computer names and IP addresses are separated by a new line character.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => ARA Settings => Set Send To Names menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Using automatic recovery actions” on page 149.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

blackout

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

indicates the time periods (blackout periods) when the PATROL Agent does not set off any parameter alarms for the instance

Values are expressed as follows:

■ <server_name>■ <day of the week>■ <starting time in seconds after midnight>■ <duration expressed in minutes>

For example, if you set a blackout period on a server called SQLServer1 for Monday, starting at 1:00 a.m. for a duration of 60 minutes, the following value would displays:

SQLServer1 Mon 3600 60

Blackout periods are separated by a new line character.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Set Blackout menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Modifying the blackout configuration variable” on page 103 and “Clearing, snoozing, and blacking out parameter alarms” on page 146.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 9 of 15)

Variable Description

212 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 213: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

DBAutoDisc

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether auto discovery for user monitoring is on or off

■ 0 = auto discovery is off■ 1 = auto discovery is on

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Set DB Auto-Discovery menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring databases” on page 129.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

dbInstances

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the databases that you selected to monitor in the DB Autodiscovery dialog box

Database names are separated by a new line character.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Set DB Auto-Discovery menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring databases” on page 129.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_DATA_COLLECTION_ACTION

indicates the action the ErrorLogColl parameter takes when a data collection problem occurs

■ 1 = remains in an OK state■ 2 = goes into a warning state■ 3 = goes into an alarm state■ any other value or null = remains in OK state

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_DATA_COLLECTION_AUTORESET

indicates whether the ErrorLogColl parametter is automatically reset to OK when it goes into an alarm or warning state

■ 0 = does not automatically reset■ 1 = automatically resets■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = does not

automatically reset

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_WARN_STRING

list of the error log strings configured to set off a warning

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 10 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 213

Page 214: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_ALARM_STRING

list of the error log strings configured to set off an alarm

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FILE_SIZE_THRESHOLD_ACTION

indicates whether the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter is set to OK, warn, or alarm if error log file size threshold monitoring is active and the error log file crosses the user-defined threshold

■ 1 = OK ■ 2 = warn■ 3 = alarm■ null or any value other than 1, 2, or 3 =

threshold monitoring is disabled and the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter is not displayed

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FILE_SIZE_THRESHOLD_AMOUNT

indicates the error log size threshold in megabytes

■ 0, null, or any value other than 1 = error log threshold monitoring is disabled

■ a number greater than 0 = error log size threshold in megabytes

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FILE_SIZE_THRESHOLD_AUTORESET

indicates whether the ErrorLogsSizeThreshold parametter is automatically reset to OK when it goes into an alarm or warning state

■ 0 = does not automatically reset■ 1 = automatically resets■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = does not

automatically reset

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_SHOW_FILE_SIZE_IN_MB

indicates whether file size is displayed in megabytes (MB) or kilobytes (KB)

■ 0 = KB■ 1 = MB■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = MB

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FILE_SIZE_THRESHOLD_MONITORING

indictes whether threshold monitoring is active for the size of the error log file

■ 0 = not active (ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter is not displayed)

■ 1 = active (ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter is displayed)

■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = not active

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 11 of 15)

Variable Description

214 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 215: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FREE_DISK_SPACE_THRESHOLD_ACTION

indicates the action taken if the ErrorLogFreeDiskSpaceThreshold is crossed

■ 1 = OK ■ 2 = warn■ 3 = alarm■ null or any value other than 1, 2, or 3 =

threshold monitoring is disabled and the ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter is not displayed

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FREE_DISK_SPACE_THRESHOLD_AUTORESET

indicates whether the ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold parameter is automatically reset to OK when it goes into an alarm or warning state

■ 0 = does not automatically reset■ 1 = automatically resets■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = does not

automatically reset

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FREE_DISK_SPACE_THRESHOLD_MB

indicates the error log disk space free threshold in megabytes

■ 0, null, or any value other than 1 = error log threshold monitoring is disabled

■ A number greater than 0 = error log disk space free threshold in megabytes

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FREE_DISK_SPACE_THRESHOLD_MB

indicates the error log disk space free threshold in megabytes

■ 0, null, or any value other than 1 = error log threshold monitoring is disabled

■ A number greater than 0 = error log disk space free threshold in megabytes

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_FREE_DISK_SPACE_THRESHOLD_MONITORING

indictes whether threshold monitoring is active for the amount of free space on the disk where the error log resides

■ 0 = not active (ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold parameter is not displayed)

■ 1 = active (ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold parameter is displayed)

■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = not active

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 12 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 215

Page 216: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_GENERAL_ALARM_WARNING_EVERY_TIME

indicates whether the ErrorLogUpdates parameter generates a warning or an alarm only the first time each user-defined string is detected or every time a a user-defined string is detected, no matter how often the same strings are detected

■ 0 = only the first time■ 1 = every time ■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = only the

first time

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

ERROR_LOG_STRING_MONITORING

indicates whether the ErrorLogUpdates parameter monitors the error log for updated strings

■ 0 = does not monitor■ 1 = monitors■ null or any value other than 0 or 1 = does not

monitor

Regardless of this setting, the ErrorLogUpdates parameter is displayed.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

filegroup_monitoring_on_off

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether filegroup and file monitoring is on or off

■ 0 = filegroup and file monitoring are off■ 1 = filegroup and file monitoring are on

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command from the Server application. For more information, see “Monitoring files and file groups” on page 133.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

IconLabel

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the name that displays beneath the instance icon

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Change Icon Label menu command. For more information, see “Changing a server instance name” on page 120.

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 13 of 15)

Variable Description

216 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 217: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

long_running_process_exclude_list

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the processes you selected for exclusion from long running process monitoring

To create or modify this variable use the KM Admin =>

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

object_monitor

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the objects selected for monitoring

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Object Space Monitor menu command. For more information, see “Monitoring objects” on page 134.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

replication_monitoring_on_off

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether replication monitoring is on or off

■ 0 = replication monitoring is off■ 1 = replication monitoring is on

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup. For more information, see “Monitoring replication” on page 135.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

SQL_Server_Agent_monitoring_on_off

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

flag indicating whether SQL Server Agent monitoring is on or off

■ 0 = SQL Server Agent monitoring is off■ 1 = SQL Server Agent monitoring is on

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => Monitoring Setup menu command. For more information, see “Creating customized reports” on page 143.

/MSSQLServer/MSSQL$ service name/

UserDefinedOSQLPath

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

used to discover the SQL Server

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 14 of 15)

Variable Description

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 217

Page 218: SQL SVR KM

Table 21 lists the variables that are no longer used by PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server:

/MSSQLServer/MSSQL$ AgentHostName/

UserDefinedSQLServerName

If this variable is modified, you must restart the Agent.

lists the names entered for use by PATROL for a SQL Server instance

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => Setup/Configure KM => SQL Server Name Used by PATROL menu command. For more information, see “Changing a server instance name” on page 120.

/MSSQLServer/AgentHostName/

UserExList

Changes to this variable are detected by the ConfigUpdates parameter.

lists the names of the users that are excluded from blocked or idle monitoring

User names are separated by a new line character.

To create or modify this variable, use the KM Admin => User Monitoring Admin => Exclude Specific User menu command. For more information, see “Monitoring users and processes” on page 137.

Table 21 Obsolete variables (Part 1 of 2)

Variable name

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/dsquery

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/column_separator

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/DefaultDomain

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/errorlog

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/home

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/masterdb

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/RunawayCPUTime

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/security

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/server

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/SQL_Executive_errorlog

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/version

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/DTC_monitoring_on_off

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/SQLViewer/FullFilePath

Table 20 Agent configuration variables (Part 15 of 15)

Variable Description

218 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 219: SQL SVR KM

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/FilterIncl

/MSSQLServer/serverInstance/FilterExcl

Table 21 Obsolete variables (Part 2 of 2)

Variable name

Appendix D Agent configuration variables 219

Page 220: SQL SVR KM

220 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 221: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Index

Aaccessing data 17accounts

NULL passwords report 142PATROL login 75

Active Processes menu command 157Active Processes report 156adding reports 144Administration application 21affected parameters

general monitoring user mode 155recovery action 155

agent, PATROLconfiguration information 89installing a KM to 43set up variables 203

alarm state 27alert notification actions 149All Process report 156All Processes menu command 157annotate parameters 153annotated data points 145applications

administrative 20appear by default 70Availability 21Cache 21Capacity 21Collectors 21container 20Database 22descriptions 20discovery 20Disk 22do not appear 70Error Log 20, 22File 22Filegroup 22functional 20icons 20list of 20Locks 22login management 21MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN 21MSSQL_SERVER_AVAILABILITY 21MSSQL_SERVER_CACHE 21

MSSQL_SERVER_CAPACITY 21MSSQL_SERVER_COLLECTORS 21MSSQL_SERVER_DATABASE 22MSSQL_SERVER_DISK 22MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG 20MSSQL_SERVER_LOCKS 22MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT 21MSSQL_SERVER_NETWORK 23MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECTS 23MSSQL_SERVER_PERFORMANCE 23MSSQL_SERVER_PROC_CACHE 23MSSQL_SERVER_PUBLISHED 23MSSQL_SERVER_SUBSCRIBERS 23MSSQL_SERVER_USER_DEF_CNTRS 24MSSQL_SERVER_USERS 24Network 23Objects 23Performance 23Procedure Cache 23Published 23Server 21Subscribers 23User-Defined Counters 24Users 24without icons 70

ARA functionannotate parameters 153benefits of use 149modifying 104output file 153parameter recovery process 151recovery script 151send messages 154settings 150testing 154trigger PEM events 153variable value 104Windows message 154

ARA Settings menu command 103, 149, 150, 154ARA Test menu command 154ARA. See ARA functionara_MSSQL( ) function 153ara_MSSQL.cmd script 85, 104, 150, 151ARA_SENDTO variable 153ARATest parameter 168archiving configuration settings 97

Index 221

Page 222: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

AS_CHANGESPRING.kml 51automated recovery actions 85automatic recovery actions. See ARA functionAvailability application

description 21icon 21parameters 168

AvgLatchWaitTime parameter 189

Bbacking up installation 47, 50batch file for recovery actions 151Blackout menu command 103blackout periods, validating 103blackout variable 103blocked detection time 83, 142blocked processes 83, 139, 142Blocked Processes menu command 157Blocked Processes Report 144, 156BlockerProcs parameter 83, 156, 168blocking locks 18blocking processes

definition 83, 139detection time 139problem alert method 139

BMC Software, contacting 2Bourne shell 57Break Connection menu command 118browser requirements 35BufferCacheHitRatio parameter 170buffers 18

CC shell 57Cache application

description 21icon 21parameters 170

CacheHitRatio parameter 17, 189can 124Capacity application

description 21icon 21parameters 171

Change Icon Label menu command 120CheckConfiguration parameter 120, 173clearing parameter alarms 146clusters

configurations 39configuring 39, 86history data 39, 86in offline mode 90in online mode 90

222 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

installation requirements 39, 86monitoring 39, 86monitoring choices 39, 86nodes 39, 89PATROL Agent resource 39, 86resource group 39, 86set up 89shared drive 39, 86SQL Server status 90

collection commands 109collection failure 27collector parameters 26Collectors application

description 21, 26icon 21parameters 173

colormap option 59command line options, -serveronly option 35Command Queue Length Settings Report 144computer icon 71ConfigUpdates parameter 113, 173configuration

clustered servers 89deploying 98file, PATROL Agent 65for clusters 39, 86for remote installation 40login for PATROL 75modifying 100PATROL Configuration Manager 97SQL Servers 72variables 203

Connect to Managed System menu command 118Connections Remaining Report 144ConnectionsAvailable parameter 168ConnectionsRemaining parameter 171console systems

overview 43console systems, overview 43console, installing a KM to 43consumer parameters 26CPU and I/O Report 144CPU Busy/Response Time parameter chart 148CPU reports 144CPU Usage Report 144CpuBusy parameter 156, 190CpuIdle parameter 190CpuIoBusy parameter 156, 190creating

an installable image 40parameter charts 148recovery actions 151reports 119, 144virtual PATROL Agent 39

ctltool 40CurConfigsColl parameter 173Custom Charts menu command 148

Page 223: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

custom reports 143, 144Custom Reports dialog box 144customer support 3Customizable Reports dialog box 144customizations, migrating 52customized PSL, migrating 52

Ddata history 28data retrieval

parameters 26summary 26

Database applicationdescription 22icon 22, 25InfoBox 131parameters 177

Database Information menu command 132database pages 18Database Resources menu command 132Database Space Used (Percent) parameter chart 148Database Space Used (Size) parameter chart 148Database Users menu command 132DatabaseLockAvgWaitTime parameter 183DatabaseLockRequestsPerSec parameter 183DatabaseLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 183databases

automatic discovery 129discovering 129InfoBox 131manual discovery 129monitoring 81, 129monitoring objects 134object monitoring defaults 82, 134space used 18status 131stop monitoring 118

DatabaseSpaceUsedMB parameter 177DatabaseSpaceUsedPct parameter 177DBCC INPUT BUFFER statement 156DbSpaceColl parameter 174DbStructureColl parameter 174DeadlocksPerSec parameter 190debug, finding query execution time 110default values for parameters 165defaults

blocked detection time 83, 139, 142database monitoring 81idle detection time 83, 142object monitoring 82, 134parameter, automated recovery 85parameter, property definition 84process monitoring 83published articles monitoring 82, 135SQL Server Agent monitoring 81

subscriber monitoring 82, 135user monitoring 83user problem alert method 140

deleting old versions 47, 50DeliveredCmdsPerSec parameter 193DeliveredTransPerSec parameter 193DeliveryLatency parameter 193Device Information menu command 132Disconnect from Managed System menu command 118discovery

accelerating 79automatic 17databases, automatic 129databases, manual 129servers 17SQL Server 69

Disk applicationdescription 22icon 22parameters 179

Disk I/O parameter chart 148disk space requirements 35DiskIoErrors parameter 179DiskIoReads parameter 179DiskIoWrites parameter 179documentation, related 31

Eenvironment variables

for browser 57LANG 57PATH 57, 58PATROL_BROWSER 58setting for browser 57

error logfilter 125parameters 146reports 127string monitoring 125trigger 123trigger PEM events 129viewing 119, 127

Error Log applicationdescription 22icon 22parameters 128, 180

error logs 20error messages, reviewing 80ErrorLogColl parameter 125, 128ErrorLogDiskSpaceFree parameter 127ErrorLogDiskSpaceFreeThreshold parameter 127ErrorLogSize parameter 126ErrorLogSizeThreshold parameter 126ErrorLogUpdates parameter 129, 146, 181eXceed 59

Index 223

Page 224: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Exclude Errorlog String from Monitoring menu command 127

ExtentLockAvgWaitTime parameter 183ExtentLockRequestsPerSec parameter 184ExtentLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 184

F-f startup 119failover

from another node 92history data 39, 86monitoring 39, 84, 86node-level monitoring 89PATROL Agent 91settings 39to another node 91

Failover parameteractivating alarm 84, 146behavior 92configuring 91default values 169description 169virtual PATROL Agent 39, 86

features, list of 16File application

description 22icon 22, 25InfoBox 134monitoring 125, 133reports 134

File Application Class parameters 181file group monitoring 72, 133file monitoring 72, 133Filegroup application

description 22icon 22, 25InfoBox 134monitoring 125, 133parameters 182reports 134

filegroups 19files

ARA function output 153ara_MSSQL.cmd 151loading 64param.hist 28

FileSizeMB parameter 181first time installation 46Force Discovery menu command 79free buffers, monitoring 18FullScansPerSec parameter 190functions, ara_MSSQL( ) 153

224 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

GGet configuration menu command 100global channel

lock requests 158maintaining 17managing 158monitoring 158overview 17, 158

Global Channel Info menu command 158Global Channel Reset menu command 158GlobalVarsColl parameter 174

Hhierarchy of application icons 25history data 39, 86, 145history files 28

II/O waits 18icons

alarm state 27hierarchy 25in a cluster 90types of 20

idle detection time 83, 142idle processes 83IdleProcs parameter 83, 156, 172index monitoring 134InfoBox

accessing 119database 131SQL Server 119user 134, 142

installable imageconfiguration 40creating 40ctltool 40

installationbacking up 47, 50choosing a target computers 42clearing cache 47, 50for the first time 46in a cluster 39, 86in UNIX 35local 40online Help 57preparing for 38remote 40removing old files 47, 50system requirements 34utility 40

integrated security mode 75

Page 225: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

KKeyLockAvgWaitTime parameter 184KeyLockRequestsPerSec parameter 184KeyLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 185Kill Server Process menu command 143Kill This Process menu command 143KM 124KM customizations, migrating 52km files

loading automatically 65loading manually 65

Korn shell 57

LLANG environment variable 57LazyWritesPerSec parameter 179license requirements 35loading files 64lock reports 144LockRequestsPerSec parameter 185LockRequestWaitPercent parameter 185locks

blocking 18global channel 158row-level 19

Locks applicationdescription 22icon 22parameters 183

Locks Info for CPU Users Report 144Locks Remaining Report 144Locks Types Held Report 144LocksColl parameter 174LocksRemaining parameter 172Log Space Used (Percent) parameter chart 148Log Space Used (Size) parameter chart 148log, transaction 19Login Management application 21LogSpaceColl parameter 175LogSpaceUsedMB parameter 19, 177LogSpaceUsedPCT parameter 19LogSpaceUsedPct parameter 178LongRunningTrans parameter 178LongRunningTransColl parameter 175Lookup Process IDs menu command 141

Mmanaged systems, overview 43manual migration 52memory reports 144Memory Usage Report 144migration

back up before 47backing up before 50customized PSL 52of customizations manually 52

mixed security mode 75modifying instances 98Monitor Specific User menu command 141monitoring

blocking locks 18blocking processes 83buffers 18cache-hit-ratio 17cluster 39, 86databases 129defaults 81, 82, 121, 135enabling 125, 133error log strings 20error logs 20, 81, 124failover 39, 84, 86file groups 72, 133files 72, 133global channel 158I/O waits 18idle processes 83objects 82, 134page reads 18processes 83, 137, 143replication 71row-level locking 19space used 18SQL Server Agent 121SQL Server Agent error log 121SQL Server Agent job failures 123SQL Server Agent jobs 122SQL Servers 117SQL statements 156strings 125subscribers 82, 135transaction log 19user connections 19users 83, 137

Monitoring Setup menu command 125, 133MonProbUsers parameter 175MSSQL_SERVER application

description 21discovery 17, 70icon 21, 70, 71

MSSQL_SERVER_ADMIN applicationdescription 21discovery 70icon 21, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_AVAILABILITY applicationdescription 21discovery 70icon 21, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_CACHE applicationdescription 21

Index 225

Page 226: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

discovery 70icon 21, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_CAPACITY applicationdescription 21discovery 70icon 21, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_COLLECTORS applicationdescription 21discovery 70icon 21, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_DATABASE applicationdescription 22icon 22

MSSQL_SERVER_DB applicationdiscovery 70icon 70, 71instances 72

MSSQL_SERVER_DISK applicationdescription 22discovery 70icon 22, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_ERROR_LOG applicationdescription 22icon 22

MSSQL_SERVER_ERRORLOG applicationdiscovery 70icon 70, 71monitoring 81overview 20

MSSQL_SERVER_FILE applicationdiscovery 70icon 70, 72

MSSQL_SERVER_FILEGROUP applicationdiscovery 70icon 70, 72

MSSQL_SERVER_LOCKS applicationdescription 22discovery 70icon 22, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_LOGIN_MGMT application 21discovery 70icon 70

MSSQL_SERVER_NETWORK applicationdescription 23discovery 70icon 23, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECT applicationdiscovery 70icon 70

MSSQL_SERVER_OBJECTS applicationdescription 23icon 23

MSSQL_SERVER_PERFORMANCE applicationdescription 23discovery 70icon 23, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_PROC_CACHE application

226 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

description 23discovery 70icon 23, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_PUBLISHED applicationdescription 23discovery 70icon 23, 70, 71

MSSQL_SERVER_SQLSERVER_SETUP applicationdiscovery 70icon 70

MSSQL_SERVER_SUBSCRIBERS applicationdescription 23discovery 70icon 23, 70, 71

MSSQL_SERVER_USER_DEF_CNTRS applicationdescription 24discovery 70icon 24, 70

MSSQL_SERVER_USERS applicationdescription 24discovery 70icon 24, 70, 71

Nnet send command 104, 150, 153Netscape Navigator 35, 57Network application

description 23icon 23parameters 188

Network Traffic parameter chart 149node-level agent 89NumberofFreeBuffers 18NumberOfFreeBuffers parameter 171NumBlockedProcesses parameter 169NumCurrentLocks 178NumCurrentUsers 178NumProcesses parameter 172

OObject Information menu command 135object monitoring 134Object Space Monitor menu command 135ObjectDataSizeMB parameter 188ObjectReservedSizeMB parameter 189objects

monitoring defaults 82status 135stop monitoring 118

Objects application 135description 23icon 23, 25parameters 188

Page 227: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

ObjectSizeColl parameter 175online Help

installing 43, 57navigating to 163

Open Databases Report 144operating system recovery actions 149OutstandingReads parameter 179OutstandingWrites parameter 179

PPacketErrors parameter 188PacketsReceived parameter 188PacketsSent parameter 188page reads 18PageLifeExpectancy parameter 171PageLockAvgWaitTime parameter 185PageLockRequestsPerSec parameter 186PageLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 186pages, monitoring 18param.hist file 28Parameter Charts menu command 119, 148parameter properties, changing 111parameters

activating recovery actions 104, 150annotate 153BlockerProcs 83changing poll times 109changing thresholds 110clearing alarms 146collector 26collector-consumer dependencies 197ConfigUpdates 113consumer 26creating charts 148data retrieval 26deactivating 108deactivating recovery actions 104, 150default values 165defaults, automated recovery actions 85defaults, definition 84definition dialog boxes 149definitions 165error log 146ErrorLogUpdates 146history data 28, 39, 86history file 28IdleProcs 83modifying 111overview of 26PEM events 123, 129, 153processes 138property definitions 149recovery actions 149refreshing 80reviewing data 26

snoozing 147SQL Server Agent 123SQL Server Agent (SQL Executive) 123SQLExecJobFailures 146standard 26storing data 26suspended 118users 138with automatic recovery actions 150with fixed thresholds 110with status set in code 109

parameters affectedgeneral monitoring user mode 155recovery action 155

partially 155PATH variable 58PATROL Agent

cluster resource 39, 86configuration file 65configuration variables 153, 203installing a KM to 43node-level 89node-level cluster 39, 86parameter data, storing 26virtual 39, 86, 88

PATROL Central Operator - Web Edition 43PATROL Cluster Configuration Wizard 39, 86PATROL Configuration Manager

archiving 97ConfigUpdates parameter 173detecting changes 173modifying instances 98overview 96removing instances 98requirements 96

PATROL Consoleinstalling a KM to 43loading KM 65Netscape Navigator and 57parameter data, reviewing 26

PATROL Event Manager (PEM) 104, 123, 129, 145, 150PATROL KM for Event Management 96PATROL login account 75, 120PATROL Script Language (PSL) 149PATROL security 41PATROL_BROWSER variable 58PATROL_CACHE 47, 50PATROL_HOME 47, 50PatrolMainMap 71pcc.exe 88PCProcBuffersActivePct parameter 192PCProcBuffersUsedPct parameter 192PCProcCacheActivePct parameter 192PCProcCacheUsedPct parameter 192PEM 123PEM (PATROL Event Manager) 123, 129, 145perfmon 34

Index 227

Page 228: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Perform Application Discovery menu command 79Performance application

description 23icon 23parameters 189

performance objects 34Performance Summary parameter chart 149physical PATROL Agents 89planning for installation 38poll times 109polling cycles 109preparing for installation 38problem alert method 140Procedure Cache application

description 23icon 23parameters 192

ProcedureCacheColl parameter 176Process Listing Report 144ProcessColl parameter 176processes

automatic monitoring 83blocked 83, 139, 142blocked detection time 139blocking 139display blocked 142idle 83idle detection time 83manual monitoring 141monitoring 137monitoring defaults 83most active 142problem alert method 140reports 143resource usage 142reviewing list IDs 141stop monitoring 118, 141

product support 3property definitions for parameters 149PSL, migrating 52publications, related 31Published application

description 23icon 23, 25parameters 193reports 136

published articlesmonitoring defaults 82, 135reports 136

Qquery execution time 110

228 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Rrecovery actions

activating 104, 150adding 149batch file 151changing 149deactivating 104, 150isql 151operating system 149parameters 150PSL 149queries 152report 156

Red Hat Linux 35Refresh Parameters menu command 80refreshing parameters 80related publications 31remote installation 40ReplicatedCommandsPerSec parameter 193ReplicatedTransPerSec parameter 193replication monitoring 71ReplicationColl parameter 176reports

active processes 156active processes by login 142all processes 156Blocked Process List 142, 143Blocked Processes 144blocked processes 144, 156Command Queue 144Command Queue Length Settings 144connections 144Connections Remaining 144CPU 144CPU and I/O 144CPU usage 144creating 119creating custom 143, 144customized 143database information 132Disk I/O Errors 144error log 127I/O 144locks 144Locks Info for CPU Users 144Locks Remaining 144Locks Types Held 144Memory Usage 144memory use 144most active processes 142NULL passwords 142Open Databases 144process detail information 142Process Listing 144process listing for user 143process resource hogs 142

Page 229: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

process resource usage 142processes 142Published application 136published articles 136sp_who 144subscribers 137Suspect Databases 144suspect databases 144user login information 142users 142

requirementsbrowser 35disk space 35installation 34system 34

resource group 39, 86, 90ResponseColl parameter 176ResponseExecTime parameter 191ResponseSqlTime parameter 191restart a monitored server 119restarting SQL Server 119retrieving data 26RIDLockAvgWaitTime parameter 19, 186RIDLockRequestsPerSec parameter 19, 187RIDLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 19, 187RowCountEstimate parameter 109, 189row-level locking 19rules and rule sets

converting from variables 101examples displayed 101timestamp 101

SSave KM menu command 69saving changes 69Search Error Log report 127security levels

overview 41requirements 35

security modes 21, 75Server application

description 21icon 21, 25reports 142

-serveronly command line option 35servers, discovery of 17Set Database Auto-Discovery menu command 130Set Default Actions menu command 154Set Send To Names menu command 154Set up Error Log Disk Space Free Threshold menu

command 127Set up Error Log Size Threshold menu command 126Set up Error Log String Monitoring menu command 125setting up clusters 89setting up SQL Snapshot 156

setting up the product 64setting variables for browser 57setup steps

accelerating discovery 79configuring a SQL Server 72loading the files 64saving changes 69verifying SQL Server is discovered 69

shared drive for cluster 39, 86shells

Bourne 57C 57Korn 57

Show Latest Error Log Data report 127Show System Output Window menu command 80Shutdown SQL Server Agent menu command 122Shutdown SQL Server menu command 118shutting down a server 118SNMP trap 104, 150, 153snmp/p1V1m_list variable 153snoozing a parameter 147sp_who Report 144SpaceUsedMB parameter 18, 181, 182SpaceUsedPCT parameter 18, 182SQL 123, 156SQL commands via isql 151SQL Performance Objects 34SQL Server

change label for instance 120change name of 120configuring 72database reports 132discovery 17, 69-f startup 119failing over 91, 92icon 71InfoBox 119monitoring 117PATROL login 75performance objects 34published and subscriber defaults 82, 135restarting 119start monitoring 118starting 119status 119stop monitoring 118user monitoring 137user monitoring reports 142

SQL Server Agentdefaults 81, 121error log 121job 123jobs 122monitoring 121monitoring defaults 81, 121parameters 123

SQL Server Agent (SQL Executive) parameters 123

Index 229

Page 230: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

SQL Server Instance Setup dialog box 73SQL Server Instance Setup menu command 73, 120, 157SQL Server Name Used by PATROL menu command 121SQL Snapshot 156SQL Snapshot for User menu command 157SQL Snapshot menu command 143, 156SQL statements

displaying 157monitoring 156

SQLAgentJobFailures parameter 123, 169SQLAgentStatus parameter 109, 123, 170SQLExecJobFailures parameter 146SQLServerAgentJobFailures parameter 123SQLServerColl parameter 176SQLServerStatus parameter 90, 170standard collector parameter 197standard collectors 26, 27standard parameters 26standard security mode 75start monitoring a server 118Start SQL Server Agent menu command 122Start SQL Server menu command 119stop monitoring

process 141server 118user 141

Stop Monitoring menu command 141stored procedures, viewing 156storing parameter data 26subscribers

monitoring defaults 82, 135status 136

Subscribers applicationdescription 23icon 23, 25InfoBox 136parameters 193reports 137

support, customer 3Suspect Databases Report 144SuspectDatabases parameter 170System Output Window 72system requirements 34system roles

console systems 43managed systems 43overview of target computers 42

Ttable monitoring 134TableLockAvgWaitTime parameter 187TableLockRequestsPerSec parameter 187TableLockRequestWaitPercent parameter 188target computers 42task output window 123

230 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

tasks 157technical support 3testing recovery actions 154thresholds, changing for parameters 110transaction log 19TransactionsPerSec parameter 191triggers, viewing 156

UUpdate Connection menu command 118upgrading

backing up before 47, 50choosing a procedure 42

user account 58User application

icon 25reports 143

User Customizable Reports menu command 119, 132, 143, 144

UserBlocked parameter 142, 194UserColl parameter 194UserConnections parameter 19, 172UserCpu parameter 194UserDefCounter1–10 parameter 194User-Defined Counters application

description 24icon 24parameters 194

UserDefinedCountersColl parameter 176UserIdle parameter 142, 195UserIo parameter 195UserMemUsage parameter 195users

InfoBox 134manual monitoring 141monitoring 137most active 142resource usage 142reviewing list of IDs 141status 134, 142stop monitoring 118, 141

Users applicationdescription 24icon 24InfoBox 142monitoring 137parameters 194

UserTotCpu parameter 195UserTotIo parameter 195using recovery actions 151

Vvariable for PATROL_BROWSER 58

Page 231: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

variablesagent set up 203deploying to new host 102descriptions 203for internal use only 99PATROL Agent 203PATROL Agent, ARA_SENDTO 153PATROL Agent, snmp/p1V1m_list 153setting up 203

virtual PATROL Agentconfiguring 39, 86creating 88fails over 91

WWindows message recipients 154wpconfig utility 203

Index 231

Page 232: SQL SVR KM

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

232 PATROL for Microsoft SQL Server Getting Started

Page 233: SQL SVR KM

Notes

Page 234: SQL SVR KM

*85509**85509**85509**85509*

*85509*